M166 Gradients, LCD Menu for 2-channel Mixer (Geeetech A10M/A20M) (#13022)

This commit is contained in:
Scott Lahteine 2019-02-10 04:54:23 -06:00 committed by GitHub
parent 7ee35c2611
commit 6de3d34378
Signed by: GitHub
GPG key ID: 4AEE18F83AFDEB23
114 changed files with 9901 additions and 61 deletions

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -272,6 +272,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -272,6 +272,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -279,6 +279,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -272,6 +272,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -280,6 +280,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -312,6 +312,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -274,6 +274,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -275,6 +275,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -0,0 +1,2093 @@
/**
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
*
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
*
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*
*/
#pragma once
/**
* Configuration.h
*
* Basic settings such as:
*
* - Type of electronics
* - Type of temperature sensor
* - Printer geometry
* - Endstop configuration
* - LCD controller
* - Extra features
*
* Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
*
*/
#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
//===========================================================================
//============================= Getting Started =============================
//===========================================================================
/**
* Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
*
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
* http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
* http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
* https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
*/
//===========================================================================
//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
//===========================================================================
// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
//
//===========================================================================
//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
//===========================================================================
// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
//
// @section info
// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2
/**
* *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
*
* Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
* With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
* by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
*
* We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
* respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
*/
// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
// @section machine
/**
* Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
* This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
* Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
*
* :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
*/
#define SERIAL_PORT 0
/**
* Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
* This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
* Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
*
* :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
*/
//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
/**
* This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
*
* 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
* you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
* You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
*
* :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
*/
#define BAUDRATE 250000
// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
//#define BLUETOOTH
// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_V3
#endif
// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Geeetech A10M"
// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
// @section extruder
// This defines the number of extruders
// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
#define EXTRUDERS 1
// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
//#define SINGLENOZZLE
/**
* Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
*
* This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
* two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
* for extruders.
*
* This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
* Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
*/
//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
// Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
// Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
//#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
//#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
//#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
#endif
/**
* Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
*
* Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
* Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
*
* For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
*/
//#define PRUSA_MMU2
// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
#if EXTRUDERS > 3
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
#endif
#endif
// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
#endif
/**
* Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
* via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
*/
//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
/**
* Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
* via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
*
* project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
* movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
* https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
*/
//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
#define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
#define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
#define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
#endif
#endif
/**
* Switching Toolhead
*
* Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
* the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
*/
//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
#endif
/**
* "Mixing Extruder"
* - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
* - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
* - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S<index>' supporting virtual tools.
* - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
* - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
*/
#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00} // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
// @section machine
/**
* Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
*
* 0 = No Power Switch
* 1 = ATX
* 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
*
* :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
*/
#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
// Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
// Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
//#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
//#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
#if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
#define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
#define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
#define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
#endif
#endif
// @section temperature
//===========================================================================
//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
//===========================================================================
/**
* --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
*
* Temperature sensors available:
*
* -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
* -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
* -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
* -1 : thermocouple with AD595
* 0 : not used
* 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
* 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
* 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
* 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
* 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
* 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
* 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
* 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
* 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
* 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
* 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
* 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
* 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
* 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
* 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
* 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
* 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
* 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
* 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
* 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
* 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
* 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
*
* 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
* (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
* 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
* 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
* 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
*
* 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
* 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
* 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
* 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
*
* Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
* 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
* 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
*
* :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" }
*/
#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success
#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
#define BED_MINTEMP 5
// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
//===========================================================================
//============================= PID Settings ================================
//===========================================================================
// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
#define PIDTEMP
#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
//#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
//#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
//#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
//#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
//#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
// Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
// is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
// If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
// A10M [@thinkyhead]
#define DEFAULT_Kp 45.80
#define DEFAULT_Ki 3.61
#define DEFAULT_Kd 145.39
#endif // PIDTEMP
//===========================================================================
//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control ===============
//===========================================================================
/**
* PID Bed Heating
*
* If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
* If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
*
* The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
* If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
* which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
* impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
* heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
* the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
*/
#define PIDTEMPBED
//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
/**
* Max Bed Power
* Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
* When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
* so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
*/
#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
//#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
// MeCreator2 generated by Autotune
#define DEFAULT_bedKp 182.46 // 175.68 189.95
#define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.92 // 34.59 37.40
#define DEFAULT_bedKd 231.70 // 223.07 241.19
// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
#endif // PIDTEMPBED
// @section extruder
/**
* Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
* Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
* cold extrusion prevention on and off.
*
* *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
*/
#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
/**
* Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
* Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
*/
#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 450
//===========================================================================
//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
//===========================================================================
/**
* Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
* and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
* protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
*
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
* temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
* the heater on.
*
* If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
* details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
*/
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
//===========================================================================
//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
//===========================================================================
// @section machine
// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
// either in the usual order or reversed
//#define COREXY
//#define COREXZ
//#define COREYZ
//#define COREYX
//#define COREZX
//#define COREZY
//===========================================================================
//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
//===========================================================================
// @section homing
// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
// Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
#endif
// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
// Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
#endif
// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
/**
* Stepper Drivers
*
* These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
* stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
*
* A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
*
* Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
* TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
* TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
* TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
* TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
* :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
*/
//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
/**
* Endstop Noise Threshold
*
* Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
*
* - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
* - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
* - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
* based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
*
* :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
*/
//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
//=============================================================================
//============================== Movement Settings ============================
//=============================================================================
// @section motion
/**
* Default Settings
*
* These settings can be reset by M502
*
* Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
*/
/**
* With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
* following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
* total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
*/
//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
/**
* Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
* Override with M92
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80.3, 80.8, 400, 340 }
/**
* Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
* Override with M203
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 40, 45 }
/**
* Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
* (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
* Override with M201
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 5000, 5000, 40, 5000 }
/**
* Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
* Override with M204
*
* M204 P Acceleration
* M204 R Retract Acceleration
* M204 T Travel Acceleration
*/
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
//
// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
//
#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
#endif
/**
* Default Jerk (mm/s)
* Override with M205 X Y Z E
*
* "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
* When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
* value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
*/
#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
#define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
#define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4
#endif
#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance
/**
* S-Curve Acceleration
*
* This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
* curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
*
* See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
*/
//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
//===========================================================================
//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
//===========================================================================
// @section probes
//
// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
//
/**
* Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
*
* Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
*/
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
/**
* Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
*
* Enable this option for a probe connected to any pin except Z-Min.
* (By default Marlin assumes the Z-Max endstop pin.)
* To use a custom Z Probe pin, set Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN below.
*
* - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
* - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
*
* - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
* - For simple switches connect...
* - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
* - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
*
* WARNING: Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially
* disastrous consequences. Use with caution and do your homework.
*
*/
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
/**
* Probe Type
*
* Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
* Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
*/
/**
* The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
* Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
* or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
*/
#define PROBE_MANUALLY
#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
/**
* A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
* (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
*/
//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
/**
* Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
*/
//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
/**
* The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
*/
//#define BLTOUCH
#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
//#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 375 // (ms) Enable and increase if needed
#endif
// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
#define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
#define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
#endif
//
// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
//
/**
* Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
* X and Y offsets must be integers.
*
* In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
* #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
* #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
*
* +-- BACK ---+
* | |
* L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
* E | | I
* F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
* T | | H
* | (-) | T
* | |
* O-- FRONT --+
* (0,0)
*/
#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -37 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle]
#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -0.5 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle]
// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges
#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
// The number of probes to perform at each point.
// Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
// Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
/**
* Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
* probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
* Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
* Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
*
* Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
* lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
* probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
* Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
*
* Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
* But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
*/
#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done
#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
/**
* Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
* Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
* noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
* These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
* readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
*/
#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
#endif
#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
#define DISABLE_X false
#define DISABLE_Y false
#define DISABLE_Z false
// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
// @section extruder
#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
// @section machine
// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
#define INVERT_X_DIR true
#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
// @section extruder
// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
// @section homing
//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
// Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
// :[-1,1]
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
// @section machine
// The size of the print bed
#define X_BED_SIZE 220
#define Y_BED_SIZE 220
// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
#define X_MIN_POS -10
#define Y_MIN_POS -5
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
#define Z_MAX_POS 260
/**
* Software Endstops
*
* - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
* - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
* - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
* - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
*/
// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
#endif
// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
#endif
#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
//#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
#endif
/**
* Filament Runout Sensors
* Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
*
* RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
* For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
* By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
*/
#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
#define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 2 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 66
#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 67
#define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the sensors.
#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
//#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
// Set one or more commands to run on filament runout.
// - Always applies to SD-card printing.
// - Applies to host-based printing if ACTION_ON_FILAMENT_RUNOUT is not set.
#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
// With this option, if filament runs out during host-based printing, Marlin
// will send "//action:<ACTION_ON_FILAMENT_RUNOUT>" to the host and let the
// host handle filament change. If left undefined the FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT
// will be used on filament runout for both host-based and SD-card printing.
//
// The host must be able to respond to the //action: command set here.
//
//#define ACTION_ON_FILAMENT_RUNOUT "pause: filament_runout"
// After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
// before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
// a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
#ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
// Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
// as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
// large enough to avoid false positives.)
//#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
#endif
#endif
//===========================================================================
//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
//===========================================================================
// @section calibrate
/**
* Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
* and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
*
* If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
*
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
* Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
* You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
*
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
* Probe several points in a grid.
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
*
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
* Probe several points in a grid.
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
* The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
*
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
* A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
* of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
* Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
*
* - MESH_BED_LEVELING
* Probe a grid manually
* The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
* For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
* leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
* With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
*/
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
/**
* Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
* this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
*/
//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
/**
* Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
* Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
* NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
*/
//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
// Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
// at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
// The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
// For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
// split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
// contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
#define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
#define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
/**
* Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
*/
//#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
#if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
#define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
#define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
#define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
#define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
#endif
#endif
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
// Set the number of grid points per dimension.
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
// Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
//#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
//#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
//#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
//#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
// Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
//#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
// Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
// Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
//#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
//
// Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
// Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
//
//#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
#if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
// Number of subdivisions between probe points
#define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
#endif
#endif
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
//===========================================================================
//========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
//===========================================================================
//#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
#define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
#define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
#define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
//#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
// as the Z-Height correction value.
#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
//===========================================================================
//=================================== Mesh ==================================
//===========================================================================
#define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
//#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
#endif // BED_LEVELING
/**
* Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
* Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
*/
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
//#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
//#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
//#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
//#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
//#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
//#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
#endif
/**
* Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
* Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
*/
#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
#define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
#define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
//#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
#endif
// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
#define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
#define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
//#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner
#endif
/**
* Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
* Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
*/
//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
// @section homing
// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
//
// With this feature enabled:
//
// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
//
//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
#endif
// Homing speeds (mm/m)
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (100*60)
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (20*60)
// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
// @section calibrate
/**
* Bed Skew Compensation
*
* This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
*
* Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
* 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
* 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
* 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
* 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
*
* Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
* Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
*
* - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
* - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
*
* If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
* Use these diagrams for reference:
*
* Y Z Z
* ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
* | / / | / / | / /
* | / / | / / | / /
* | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
* +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
* XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
*/
//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
// Input all length measurements here:
#define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
#define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
#define XY_SIDE_AD 200
// Or, set the default skew factors directly here
// to override the above measurements:
#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
//#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
#define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
#define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
#define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
#define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
#define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
#define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
#define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
#endif
// Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
//#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
#endif
//=============================================================================
//============================= Additional Features ===========================
//=============================================================================
// @section extras
//
// EEPROM
//
// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
//
#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Enable for M500 and M501 commands
//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
//
// Host Keepalive
//
// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
//
#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
//
// M100 Free Memory Watcher
//
//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
//
// G20/G21 Inch mode support
//
//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
//
// M149 Set temperature units support
//
//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
// @section temperature
// Preheat Constants
#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60
#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90
#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
/**
* Nozzle Park
*
* Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
*
* The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
*
* P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
* P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
* P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
*/
#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
// Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z }
#define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 3, 3, 10 }
#define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis)
#define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers)
#endif
/**
* Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
*
* Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
*
* Parameters:
* P Pattern
* S Strokes / Repetitions
* T Triangles (P1 only)
*
* Patterns:
* P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
* at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
* between the start / end points.
*
* P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
* number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
* Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
* For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
*
* --
* | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
* | | / \ / \ / \ |
* A | | / \ / \ / \ |
* | | / \ / \ / \ |
* | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
* -- +--------------------------------+
* |________|_________|_________|
* T1 T2 T3
*
* P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
* "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
* Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
*
* Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
* Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
*
*/
//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
// Default number of pattern repetitions
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
// Default number of triangles
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
// Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
// Circular pattern radius
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
// Circular pattern circle fragments number
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
// Middle point of circle
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
// Moves the nozzle to the initial position
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
#endif
/**
* Print Job Timer
*
* Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
*
* M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
* M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
* M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
*
* The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
*
* M75 - Start the print job timer
* M76 - Pause the print job timer
* M77 - Stop the print job timer
*/
#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
/**
* Print Counter
*
* Track statistical data such as:
*
* - Total print jobs
* - Total successful print jobs
* - Total failed print jobs
* - Total time printing
*
* View the current statistics with M78.
*/
//#define PRINTCOUNTER
//=============================================================================
//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
//=============================================================================
// @section lcd
/**
* LCD LANGUAGE
*
* Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
*
* en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
* jp-kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
*
* :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
*/
#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
/**
* LCD Character Set
*
* Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
*
* All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
* language extensions:
*
* - JAPANESE ... the most common
* - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
* - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
*
* To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
*
* - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
* - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
* - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
*
* See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
*
* :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
*/
#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
/**
* Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
*
* :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
*/
#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
/**
* SD CARD
*
* SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
* you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
*
*/
#define SDSUPPORT
/**
* SD CARD: SPI SPEED
*
* Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
* This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
*/
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
/**
* SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
*
* Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
*/
//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
/**
* LCD Menu Items
*
* Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
* just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
*/
//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
//
// ENCODER SETTINGS
//
// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
//
#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2
//
// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
// move between next/prev menu items.
//
//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
/**
* Encoder Direction Options
*
* Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
*
* Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
* Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
* Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
*/
//
// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
//
// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
//
//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
//
// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
//
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
//
//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
//
// Individual Axis Homing
//
// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
//
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
//
// SPEAKER/BUZZER
//
// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
//
#define SPEAKER
//
// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
//
// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
// M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
//
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
//=============================================================================
//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
//=============================================================================
//
// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
//
// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
//
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
//
// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
//
//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
//
// ULTIMAKER Controller.
//
//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
//
// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
//
#define ULTIPANEL
//
// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
//
//#define PANEL_ONE
//
// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
//
// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
//
//#define G3D_PANEL
//
// RigidBot Panel V1.0
// http://www.inventapart.com/
//
//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
//
// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html
//
//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
//
// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
//
//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
// This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
// which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
// This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
//
// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
//
//#define ULTRA_LCD
//=============================================================================
//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
//=============================================================================
//
// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
//
// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
//
//
// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
//
//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
//
// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
//
// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
//
//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
//
// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
//
//#define LCM1602
//
// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
// separate encoder and click inputs.
//
// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
//
// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
//
//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
//
// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
//
//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
//
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
//
//
// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
//
//#define SAV_3DLCD
//
// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
//
//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
//=============================================================================
//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
//=============================================================================
//
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
//
// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
//
//
// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
//
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
//
// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
//
//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
//
// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
// http://panucatt.com
//
//#define VIKI2
//#define miniVIKI
//
// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
//
//#define MINIPANEL
//
// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
//
//#define MAKRPANEL
//
// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
//
//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
//
// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
//
//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
//
// Cartesio UI
// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
//
//#define CARTESIO_UI
//
// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
//
//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
//
// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
//
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
//
// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
//
//#define SAV_3DGLCD
#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
#define U8GLIB_SH1106
#endif
//
// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
//
//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
//
// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
//
//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
//
// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
//
//#define MKS_MINI_12864
//
// Factory display for Creality CR-10
// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html
//
// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
//
//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
//
// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
//
// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
//
//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
//
// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
//
// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
//
//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
//
// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html
//
//#define AZSMZ_12864
//
// Silvergate GLCD controller
// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
//
//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
//
// Extensible UI
//
// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
//
//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
//=============================================================================
//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
//=============================================================================
//
// MKS Robin 320x240 color display
//
//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT
//=============================================================================
//============================ Other Controllers ============================
//=============================================================================
//
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
//
//
// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
//
//#define MALYAN_LCD
//
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
//
//
// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
//
// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
//
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0
//=============================================================================
//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
//=============================================================================
// @section extras
// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
// duty cycle is attained.
//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
// M240 Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote
// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
//#define SF_ARC_FIX
// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
//#define BARICUDA
// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
//#define BLINKM
// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
//#define PCA9632
// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
//#define PCA9533
/**
* RGB LED / LED Strip Control
*
* Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
* an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
*
* Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
* If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
* luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
* For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
*
* *** CAUTION ***
* LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
* as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
* Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
* NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
* more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
* *** CAUTION ***
*
* LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
*
*/
//#define RGB_LED
//#define RGBW_LED
#if ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED)
#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
#endif
// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
#define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
#define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin on motherboard 4 => D4 (EXP2-5 on Printrboard) / 30 => PC7 (EXP3-13 on Rumba)
#define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip
#define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
#define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
//#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
#endif
/**
* Printer Event LEDs
*
* During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
*
* - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
* - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
* - Change to white to illuminate work surface
* - Change to green once print has finished
* - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
*/
#if ENABLED(BLINKM) || ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) || ENABLED(PCA9632) || ENABLED(PCA9533)|| ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
#define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
#endif
/**
* R/C SERVO support
* Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
*/
/**
* Number of servos
*
* For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
* Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
* Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
*/
//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES

View file

@ -0,0 +1,2243 @@
/**
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
*
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
*
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*
*/
#pragma once
/**
* Configuration_adv.h
*
* Advanced settings.
* Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
* Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
*
* Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
*
*/
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
// @section temperature
//===========================================================================
//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
//===========================================================================
//
// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
//
//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
#undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
#define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
#endif
#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
#define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
#if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
#define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
#endif
#endif
/**
* Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
* and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
* protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
*
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
* temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
* the heater on.
*
* The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
* If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
* long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
*
* If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
* THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
*/
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
//#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
#if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING) && ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
//#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
#endif
/**
* Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
* firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
* hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
* requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
* if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
* test.
*
* If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
* and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
* below 2.
*/
#define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
#define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
#endif
/**
* Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
*/
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
/**
* As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
*/
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
#endif
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
// this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
// if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
//#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
#if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
#define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
#define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
#endif
#endif
/**
* Automatic Temperature:
* The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
* The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
* Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
* The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
* mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
* Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
* On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
*/
#define AUTOTEMP
#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
#define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
#endif
// Show extra position information in M114
//#define M114_DETAIL
// Show Temperature ADC value
// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
/**
* High Temperature Thermistor Support
*
* Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
* good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
* will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
* preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
* and force stop everything.
* To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
* min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
* aberrant readings.
*
* If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
* uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
*/
// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
// @section extruder
// Extruder runout prevention.
// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
#endif
// @section temperature
// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
/**
* Controller Fan
* To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
*
* The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
* and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
*/
//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
//#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
#endif
// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
/**
* PWM Fan Scaling
*
* Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
*
* With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
* to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
* current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
* Value 0 always turns off the fan.
*
* Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
*/
//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
// @section extruder
/**
* Extruder cooling fans
*
* Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
* temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
*
* Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
* or set to -1 to disable completely.
*
* Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
* the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
*/
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
/**
* Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
*
* This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
* The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
* Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
*/
#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
/**
* M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
*/
//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
#define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
//#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
//#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
#define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
#endif
#endif
//===========================================================================
//============================ Mechanical Settings ==========================
//===========================================================================
// @section homing
// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
// @section extras
//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
//#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
//#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
#endif
/**
* Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
*
* This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
*
* For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
* spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
* set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
* that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
*
* Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
* this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
* in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'.
*/
//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
//#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
#define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
#endif
#endif
//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
//#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
#define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
#endif
#endif
//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
//#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
#define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
#endif
#endif
//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
//#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
#define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
#define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0
#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0
#endif
#endif
/**
* Dual X Carriage
*
* This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
* The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
* "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
*/
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
//#define EXT_SOLENOID
// @section homing
// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
/**
* Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
* Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
*/
//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
// Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 }
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 }
// Set number of iterations to align
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
// Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
// Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
// In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
// Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
// Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
#endif
// @section machine
#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder
//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE
// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
// @section lcd
#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
#define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
#define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
#endif
// @section extras
// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000
// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
#define SLOWDOWN
// Frequency limit
// See nophead's blog for more info
// Not working O
//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
//
// Backlash Compensation
// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
//
//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
// Define values for backlash distance and correction.
// If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
#define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
#define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
// Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
// to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
//#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
// Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
//#define BACKLASH_GCODE
#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
// Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
#define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
#if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
// When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
// mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
// increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
#endif
#endif
#endif
/**
* Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
*
* Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
* conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
*
* G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
* on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
* and hotend offsets.
*
* Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
* ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
*/
//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
#define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
// The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
#define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
#define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
// Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
//#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
// The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
#define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0} // mm
#define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0} // mm
// Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
// auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
// Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
// probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
// Define pin which is read during calibration
#ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
#define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
#define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
//#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
#endif
#endif
/**
* Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
* below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
* vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
* lowest stepping frequencies.
*/
//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
/**
* Custom Microstepping
* Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
*/
//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
/**
* @section stepper motor current
*
* Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
*
* The power on motor currents are set by:
* PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
* known compatible chips: A4982
* DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
* known compatible chips: AD5206
* DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
* known compatible chips: MCP4728
* DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
* known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
*
* Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
* M907 - applies to all.
* M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
* M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
*/
//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
/**
* Common slave addresses:
*
* A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
* Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
* AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
* AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
* MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
*/
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
#endif
//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5
// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
//===========================================================================
//=============================Additional Features===========================
//===========================================================================
// @section lcd
// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
#define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 10 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
#define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 50 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
#endif
// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
#define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
#define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
#endif
// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
#define LCD_INFO_MENU
// Scroll a longer status message into view
#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
#if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
#define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
#define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
#define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 180000 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
//#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
#endif
#endif
/**
* LED Control Menu
* Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu
*/
//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
#define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
#if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
#define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
#define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
#define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
#define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
#define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
//#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
#endif
#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
// Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
// around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
// as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
// This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
// Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
#define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
#define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
// Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
// Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
// Add an option in the menu to run all auto#.g files
//#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
/**
* Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
*
* Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
* during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
* an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
* point in the file.
*/
#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 69 // Pin to detect power loss
#define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss
#endif
/**
* Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
*
* With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
* by name for easier navigation.
*
* By default...
*
* - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
* - Folders are sorted to the top.
* - The sort key is statically allocated.
* - No added G-code (M34) support.
* - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
*
* SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
* compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
* limit is exceeded.
*
* - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
* - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
* - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
* - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
*/
#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
// SD Card Sorting options
#if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
#define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
#define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
// Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
#endif
// This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
//#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
// Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
//#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
/**
* This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
* This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
* To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
*/
//#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
/**
* This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
* On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
* You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
*/
//#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
/**
* Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds>
*/
//#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
/**
* Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
* equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
* to Marlin as an SD card.
*
* The MAX3421E must be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
* the following pin mapping:
*
* SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
* INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN
* SS --> SDSS
*/
//#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
#if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
#define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
#define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
#endif
/**
* When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
* add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
*
* Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
*
* Tested with this bootloader:
* https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
*/
//#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
#if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
#endif
// Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
//#define FAST_FILE_TRANSFER
#endif // SDSUPPORT
/**
* Additional options for Graphical Displays
*
* Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
* which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
* especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
* on DELTA and SCARA machines.
*
* Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
* controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
* printing performance versus fast display updates.
*/
#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
// Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
//#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
// A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
//#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
// A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
//#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
// Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
// The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
//#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
// Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
//#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
/**
* ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
* the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
* Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
*
* Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
* message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
* length of time to display the status message before clearing.
*
* Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
* This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
*/
#if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
//#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
#if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
#define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
#endif
#endif
/**
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
*/
//#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
//#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
#define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
#define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
//#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
//#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
//#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
//#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
// @section safety
// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs,
// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
#define USE_WATCHDOG
#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
// If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
// The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
// However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
//#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
#endif
// @section lcd
/**
* Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
* the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
* axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
*
* Warning: Does not respect endstops!
*/
#define BABYSTEPPING
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
//#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
#define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
#endif
#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 5 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
#endif
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
//#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
#endif
#endif
// @section extruder
/**
* Linear Pressure Control v1.5
*
* Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
* K=0 means advance disabled.
*
* NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
*
* Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
* Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
* If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
* print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
*
* See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
* Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
*/
//#define LIN_ADVANCE
#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
#define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
//#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
#endif
// @section leveling
#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
// Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
//#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
//#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
//#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
//#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
#endif
/**
* Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
* Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
*/
//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
#define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
#define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
/**
* Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
* between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
*/
#define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
#define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
#define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
/**
* Specify an action command to send to the host on a recovery attempt or failure.
* Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_G29_FAILURE', e.g. '//action:probe_failed'.
* The host must be configured to handle the action command.
*/
#define G29_ACTION_ON_RECOVER "probe_rewipe"
#define G29_ACTION_ON_FAILURE "probe_failed"
#endif
// @section extras
//
// G2/G3 Arc Support
//
#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
#define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment
#define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of intertpolated segments between corrections
//#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
//#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
#endif
// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target
// Set MULTIPLE_PROBING if you want G38 to double touch
//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
#define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move)
#endif
// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
/**
* Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
* 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
* 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
* 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
* 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
* 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
* 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
* 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
* 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
*
* Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
*/
//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650
/**
* Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
* 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
* 1 : Minimum for A4988, A5984, and LV8729 stepper drivers
* 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
* 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
* 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
*
* Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
*/
//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
/**
* Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
* If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
* 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
* 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
* 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
* 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
* 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
* 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
*
* Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
*/
//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
// @section temperature
// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
//===========================================================================
//================================= Buffers =================================
//===========================================================================
// @section hidden
// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
#else
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
#endif
// @section serial
// The ASCII buffer for serial input
#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
#define BUFSIZE 4
// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
// Host Receive Buffer Size
// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
// Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
// the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
//#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
#endif
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
// Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
// RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
//#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
// Enable this option to collect and display the number
// of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
//#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
#endif
// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
//#define ADVANCED_OK
// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
// @section extras
/**
* Extra Fan Speed
* Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
* 'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan>
* 'M106 P<fan> T2' : Use the set secondary speed
* 'M106 P<fan> T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
*/
//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
/**
* Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
*
* Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
* Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
*
* Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
* With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
* will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
*
* Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
*
* Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
*
*/
//#define FWRETRACT
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
#define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // costs ~500 bytes of PROGMEM
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
#define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over
#define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion
#endif
#define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // Default retract length (positive mm)
#define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
#define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
#define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // Default retract Z-raise (mm)
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s)
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
//#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
#endif
#endif
/**
* Universal tool change settings.
* Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
*/
#if EXTRUDERS > 1
// Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
// Retract and prime filament on tool-change
//#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
#if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm)
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm)
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
#endif
/**
* Position to park head during tool change.
* Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
*/
//#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
#if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m)
#endif
#endif
/**
* Advanced Pause
* Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
* Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
* If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
*
* Requires an LCD display.
* Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
* This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
*/
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
// This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 18 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 450 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
// Set to 0 for manual unloading.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 12 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 450 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
// 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 40 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
// Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
// Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
// until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
// Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
#define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
#define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
//#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
//#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
//#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
//#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
#endif
// @section tmc
/**
* TMC26X Stepper Driver options
*
* The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
* https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
*/
#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
#define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
#define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
#define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
#define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
#define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
#define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
#define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
#define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
#define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
#define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
#define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
#define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
#define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
#define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#endif // TMC26X
// @section tmc_smart
/**
* To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
* connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
* the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
* pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
* You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
*
* To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
* to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
* To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
* a resistor.
* The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
*
* TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
*/
#if HAS_TRINAMIC
#define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
#define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
#define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
#define X_RSENSE 0.11
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
#define X2_CURRENT 800
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
#define X2_RSENSE 0.11
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
#define Y_CURRENT 800
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
#define Y_RSENSE 0.11
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
#define Y2_CURRENT 800
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
#define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
#define Z_CURRENT 800
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
#define Z_RSENSE 0.11
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
#define Z2_CURRENT 800
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
#define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
#define Z3_CURRENT 800
#define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
#define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
#define E0_CURRENT 800
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
#define E0_RSENSE 0.11
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
#define E1_CURRENT 800
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
#define E1_RSENSE 0.11
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
#define E2_CURRENT 800
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
#define E2_RSENSE 0.11
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
#define E3_CURRENT 800
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
#define E3_RSENSE 0.11
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
#define E4_CURRENT 800
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
#define E4_RSENSE 0.11
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
#define E5_CURRENT 800
#define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
#define E5_RSENSE 0.11
#endif
/**
* Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
* The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
*/
//#define X_CS_PIN -1
//#define Y_CS_PIN -1
//#define Z_CS_PIN -1
//#define X2_CS_PIN -1
//#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
//#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
//#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
//#define E0_CS_PIN -1
//#define E1_CS_PIN -1
//#define E2_CS_PIN -1
//#define E3_CS_PIN -1
//#define E4_CS_PIN -1
//#define E5_CS_PIN -1
/**
* Use software SPI for TMC2130.
* Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
* The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
* but you can override or define them here.
*/
//#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
//#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
//#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
//#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
/**
* Software enable
*
* Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
* function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
*/
//#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
/**
* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
* Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
* When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
*/
#define STEALTHCHOP_XY
#define STEALTHCHOP_Z
#define STEALTHCHOP_E
/**
* Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
* or with the help of an example included in the library.
* Provided parameter sets are
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
* CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
* CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
*
* Define you own with
* { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
*/
#define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
/**
* Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
* like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
* In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
* Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
* Relevant g-codes:
* M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
* M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
* M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
* M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
*/
//#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
#if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
#define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
#define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
#define STOP_ON_ERROR
#endif
/**
* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
* The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
* This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
* STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
* M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
*/
//#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
#define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
#define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
#define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
#define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
#define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
#define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
#define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
#define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
/**
* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
* Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
* Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
* X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
*
* X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity.
* Higher values make the system LESS sensitive.
* Lower value make the system MORE sensitive.
* Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering.
* It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
* M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
*/
//#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
/**
* Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
*
* CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
* to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
*/
//#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
#if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) || ENABLED(SENSORLESS_PROBING)
#define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
#define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
//#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
#endif
/**
* Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
* M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
*/
//#define TMC_DEBUG
/**
* You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
* A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2208Stepper
*
* Example:
* #define TMC_ADV() { \
* stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
* stepperY.interpolate(0); \
* }
*/
#define TMC_ADV() { }
#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
// @section L6470
/**
* L6470 Stepper Driver options
*
* Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver.
* https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
*
* Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
* L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
* L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
* L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
* L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
* L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional)
*/
#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
//#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
#define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128)
#define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down)
#define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
#define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper
#define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470)
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
#define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define X2_CHAIN_POS 0
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470)
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
#define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define Y_CHAIN_POS 0
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470)
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
#define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470)
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
#define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define Z_CHAIN_POS 0
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470)
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
#define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470)
#define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
#define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470)
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
#define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define E0_CHAIN_POS 0
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470)
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
#define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define E1_CHAIN_POS 0
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470)
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
#define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define E2_CHAIN_POS 0
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470)
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
#define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define E3_CHAIN_POS 0
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470)
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
#define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define E4_CHAIN_POS 0
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470)
#define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
#define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define E5_CHAIN_POS 0
#endif
/**
* Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
* In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
* Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
* Relevant g-codes:
* M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
* I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
* I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
* I3 - Z3 or E3
* I4 - E4
* I5 - E5
* M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
* M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
* M918 - Increase speed until max or error
* M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
*/
//#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
#if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
#define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
//#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
#endif
#endif // L6470
/**
* TWI/I2C BUS
*
* This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
* machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
* devices on the bus.
*
* ; Example #1
* ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
* ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
* M260 A99 ; Target slave address
* M260 B77 ; M
* M260 B97 ; a
* M260 B114 ; r
* M260 B108 ; l
* M260 B105 ; i
* M260 B110 ; n
* M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
*
* ; Example #2
* ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
* M261 A99 B5
*
* ; Example #3
* ; Example serial output of a M261 request
* echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
*/
// @section i2cbus
//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
// @section extras
/**
* Canon Hack Development Kit
* http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
*/
//#define CHDK_PIN 4 // Set and enable a pin for triggering CHDK to take a picture
#if PIN_EXISTS(CHDK)
#define CHDK_DELAY 50 // (ms) How long the pin should remain HIGH
#endif
/**
* Spindle & Laser control
*
* Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
* to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
*
* SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
* Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
* the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
*
* You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
* hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
*
* See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
*/
//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT false // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
#define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
#define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false
#define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
/**
* The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
*
* SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
* where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
*
* set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
*/
#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
//#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
//#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
//#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
//#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
#endif
/**
* Filament Width Sensor
*
* Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
* flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
*
* Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
* extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
* volume.
*
* Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
*
* 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
* 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
* 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
*
* Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
*/
//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
#define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
#define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
#define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
#define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
#define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
// Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
//#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
#endif
/**
* CNC Coordinate Systems
*
* Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
* and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
*/
//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
/**
* Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
*/
#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
/**
* Include capabilities in M115 output
*/
#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
/**
* Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
*/
//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
/**
* Volumetric extrusion default state
* Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
* with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
*
* M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
*/
//#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
#endif
/**
* Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
* workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
*
* - M206 and M428 are disabled.
* - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
*/
#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
/**
* Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
* This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
*
* For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
* Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
*/
#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
/**
* Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
*/
#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
/**
* CNC G-code options
* Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
* Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
* High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
*/
//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
//#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
#endif
/**
* G-code Macros
*
* Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
* Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
*/
//#define GCODE_MACROS
#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
#define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
#define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
#endif
/**
* User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
*/
//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
#define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
#define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
//#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
#define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
#define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
#define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
#define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
#define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
#define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
#define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
#define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
#endif
/**
* Specify an action command to send to the host when the printer is killed.
* Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_KILL', e.g. '//action:poweroff'.
* The host must be configured to handle the action command.
*/
//#define ACTION_ON_KILL "poweroff"
/**
* Specify an action command to send to the host on pause and resume.
* Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_PAUSE', e.g. '//action:pause'.
* The host must be configured to handle the action command.
*
* PAUSE / RESUME : Used in non-parking scenarios where the host handles the
* action while Marlin continues to process G-Code. (M24/M25)
*
* PAUSED / RESUMED : Used in scenarios where Marlin handles pause and filament-
* change actions and the host needs to stop sending commands
* until the machine is ready to resume. (M125/M600)
*
* CANCEL : Instructs the host to abort the print job. Used when the
* print is canceled from the LCD menu.
*/
//#define ACTION_ON_PAUSE "pause"
//#define ACTION_ON_RESUME "resume"
//#define ACTION_ON_PAUSED "paused"
//#define ACTION_ON_RESUMED "resumed"
//#define ACTION_ON_CANCEL "cancel"
//===========================================================================
//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ======================
//===========================================================================
/**
* I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
* Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
*
* Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
* Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
*
* Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
* Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
*
* Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
*/
//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
#define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
// encoders supported currently.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
// I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
// 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
// for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
//#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
// steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
//#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
// printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
// smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
// measurement noise / latency (filter).
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
//#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
//#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
#define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
#define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
#define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
#define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
#define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
#define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
// Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
#define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
#define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
#define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
#define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
#define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
//#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
// axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
// disable abort behaviour.
#define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
// for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
// is trusted again.
/**
* Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
* this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
* error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
*/
#define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
// Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
#define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
/**
* MAX7219 Debug Matrix
*
* Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
* Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
*/
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
#define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
#define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
#define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
//#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
#define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
#define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
#define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
// connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
//#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
/**
* Sample debug features
* If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
*/
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
// If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
// tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
#endif
/**
* NanoDLP Sync support
*
* Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
* string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
* [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
*/
//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
//#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
// Default behaviour is limited to Z axis only.
#endif
/**
* WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
*/
//#define WIFISUPPORT
#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
#define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
#define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password"
#endif
/**
* Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
* Enable in Configuration.h
*/
#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
// Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
// For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
// For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
#define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
#define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
// Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
//#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
// Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
//#define MMU2_MODE_12V
// G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
#define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
// Add an LCD menu for MMU2
//#define MMU2_MENUS
#if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
// Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
// This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
#define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
#define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
{ 7.2, 562 }, \
{ 14.4, 871 }, \
{ 36.0, 1393 }, \
{ 14.4, 871 }, \
{ 50.0, 198 }
#define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
{ 1.0, 1000 }, \
{ 1.0, 1500 }, \
{ 2.0, 2000 }, \
{ 1.5, 3000 }, \
{ 2.5, 4000 }, \
{ -15.0, 5000 }, \
{ -14.0, 1200 }, \
{ -6.0, 600 }, \
{ 10.0, 700 }, \
{ -10.0, 400 }, \
{ -50.0, 2000 }
#endif
//#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
// @section develop
/**
* M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
*/
//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE

View file

@ -0,0 +1,2097 @@
/**
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
*
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
*
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*
*/
#pragma once
/**
* Configuration.h
*
* Basic settings such as:
*
* - Type of electronics
* - Type of temperature sensor
* - Printer geometry
* - Endstop configuration
* - LCD controller
* - Extra features
*
* Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
*
*/
#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
//===========================================================================
//============================= Getting Started =============================
//===========================================================================
/**
* Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
*
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
* http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
* http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
* https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
*/
//===========================================================================
//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
//===========================================================================
// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
//
//===========================================================================
//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
//===========================================================================
// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
//
// @section info
// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2
/**
* *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
*
* Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
* With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
* by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
*
* We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
* respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
*/
// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
// @section machine
/**
* Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
* This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
* Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
*
* :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
*/
#define SERIAL_PORT 0
/**
* Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
* This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
* Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
*
* :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
*/
//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
/**
* This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
*
* 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
* you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
* You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
*
* :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
*/
#define BAUDRATE 115200
// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
//#define BLUETOOTH
// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_V3_A20
#endif
// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Geeetech A20M"
// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
// @section extruder
// This defines the number of extruders
// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
#define EXTRUDERS 1
// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
//#define SINGLENOZZLE
/**
* Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
*
* This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
* two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
* for extruders.
*
* This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
* Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
*/
//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
// Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
// Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
//#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
//#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
//#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
#endif
/**
* Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
*
* Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
* Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
*
* For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
*/
//#define PRUSA_MMU2
// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
#if EXTRUDERS > 3
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
#endif
#endif
// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
#endif
/**
* Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
* via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
*/
//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
/**
* Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
* via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
*
* project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
* movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
* https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
*/
//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
#define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
#define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
#define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
#endif
#endif
/**
* Switching Toolhead
*
* Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
* the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
*/
//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
#endif
/**
* "Mixing Extruder"
* - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
* - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
* - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S<index>' supporting virtual tools.
* - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
* - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
*/
#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00} // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
// @section machine
/**
* Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
*
* 0 = No Power Switch
* 1 = ATX
* 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
*
* :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
*/
#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
// Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
// Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
//#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
//#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
#if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
#define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
#define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
#define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
#endif
#endif
// @section temperature
//===========================================================================
//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
//===========================================================================
/**
* --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
*
* Temperature sensors available:
*
* -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
* -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
* -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
* -1 : thermocouple with AD595
* 0 : not used
* 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
* 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
* 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
* 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
* 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
* 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
* 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
* 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
* 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
* 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
* 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
* 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
* 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
* 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
* 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
* 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
* 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
* 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
* 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
* 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
* 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
* 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
*
* 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
* (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
* 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
* 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
* 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
*
* 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
* 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
* 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
* 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
*
* Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
* 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
* 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
*
* :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" }
*/
#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success
#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
#define BED_MINTEMP 5
// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
//===========================================================================
//============================= PID Settings ================================
//===========================================================================
// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
#define PIDTEMP
#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
//#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
//#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
//#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
//#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
//#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
// Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
// is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
// If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
// A20M [@thinkyhead]
#define DEFAULT_Kp 45.80
#define DEFAULT_Ki 3.61
#define DEFAULT_Kd 145.39
#endif // PIDTEMP
//===========================================================================
//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control ===============
//===========================================================================
/**
* PID Bed Heating
*
* If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
* If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
*
* The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
* If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
* which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
* impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
* heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
* the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
*/
#define PIDTEMPBED
//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
/**
* Max Bed Power
* Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
* When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
* so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
*/
#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
//#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
// MeCreator2 generated by Autotune
#define DEFAULT_bedKp 182.46 // 175.68 189.95
#define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.92 // 34.59 37.40
#define DEFAULT_bedKd 231.70 // 223.07 241.19
// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
#endif // PIDTEMPBED
// @section extruder
/**
* Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
* Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
* cold extrusion prevention on and off.
*
* *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
*/
#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
/**
* Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
* Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
*/
#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 400
//===========================================================================
//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
//===========================================================================
/**
* Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
* and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
* protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
*
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
* temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
* the heater on.
*
* If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
* details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
*/
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
//===========================================================================
//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
//===========================================================================
// @section machine
// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
// either in the usual order or reversed
//#define COREXY
//#define COREXZ
//#define COREYZ
//#define COREYX
//#define COREZX
//#define COREZY
//===========================================================================
//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
//===========================================================================
// @section homing
// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
// Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
#endif
// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
// Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
#endif
// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
/**
* Stepper Drivers
*
* These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
* stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
*
* A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
*
* Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
* TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
* TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
* TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
* TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
* :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
*/
//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
/**
* Endstop Noise Threshold
*
* Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
*
* - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
* - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
* - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
* based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
*
* :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
*/
//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
//=============================================================================
//============================== Movement Settings ============================
//=============================================================================
// @section motion
/**
* Default Settings
*
* These settings can be reset by M502
*
* Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
*/
/**
* With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
* following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
* total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
*/
//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
/**
* Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
* Override with M92
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80.3, 80.8, 400, 340 }
/**
* Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
* Override with M203
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 40, 45 }
/**
* Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
* (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
* Override with M201
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 5000, 5000, 40, 5000 }
/**
* Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
* Override with M204
*
* M204 P Acceleration
* M204 R Retract Acceleration
* M204 T Travel Acceleration
*/
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
//
// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
//
#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
#endif
/**
* Default Jerk (mm/s)
* Override with M205 X Y Z E
*
* "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
* When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
* value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
*/
#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
#define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
#define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4
#endif
#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance
/**
* S-Curve Acceleration
*
* This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
* curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
*
* See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
*/
//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
//===========================================================================
//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
//===========================================================================
// @section probes
//
// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
//
/**
* Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
*
* Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
*/
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
/**
* Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
*
* Enable this option for a probe connected to any pin except Z-Min.
* (By default Marlin assumes the Z-Max endstop pin.)
* To use a custom Z Probe pin, set Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN below.
*
* - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
* - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
*
* - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
* - For simple switches connect...
* - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
* - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
*
* WARNING: Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially
* disastrous consequences. Use with caution and do your homework.
*
*/
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
/**
* Probe Type
*
* Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
* Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
*/
/**
* The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
* Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
* or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
*/
#define PROBE_MANUALLY
#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
/**
* A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
* (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
*/
//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
/**
* Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
*/
//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
/**
* The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
*/
//#define BLTOUCH
#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
//#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 375 // (ms) Enable and increase if needed
#endif
// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
#define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
#define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
#endif
//
// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
//
/**
* Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
* X and Y offsets must be integers.
*
* In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
* #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
* #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
*
* +-- BACK ---+
* | |
* L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
* E | | I
* F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
* T | | H
* | (-) | T
* | |
* O-- FRONT --+
* (0,0)
*/
#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -37 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle]
#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -0.5 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle]
// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges
#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
// The number of probes to perform at each point.
// Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
// Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
/**
* Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
* probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
* Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
* Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
*
* Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
* lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
* probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
* Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
*
* Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
* But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
*/
#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done
#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
/**
* Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
* Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
* noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
* These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
* readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
*/
#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
//#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
#endif
#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
#define DISABLE_X false
#define DISABLE_Y false
#define DISABLE_Z false
// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
// @section extruder
#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
// @section machine
// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
#define INVERT_X_DIR true
#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
// @section extruder
// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
// @section homing
//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
// Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
// :[-1,1]
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
// @section machine
// The size of the print bed
#define X_BED_SIZE 250
#define Y_BED_SIZE 250
// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
#define X_MIN_POS -10
#define Y_MIN_POS -5
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
#define Z_MAX_POS 250
/**
* Software Endstops
*
* - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
* - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
* - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
* - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
*/
// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
#endif
// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
#endif
#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
//#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
#endif
/**
* Filament Runout Sensors
* Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
*
* RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
* For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
* By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
*/
#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
#define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 2 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 66
#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 67
#define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the sensors.
#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
//#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
// Set one or more commands to run on filament runout.
// - Always applies to SD-card printing.
// - Applies to host-based printing if ACTION_ON_FILAMENT_RUNOUT is not set.
#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
// With this option, if filament runs out during host-based printing, Marlin
// will send "//action:<ACTION_ON_FILAMENT_RUNOUT>" to the host and let the
// host handle filament change. If left undefined the FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT
// will be used on filament runout for both host-based and SD-card printing.
//
// The host must be able to respond to the //action: command set here.
//
//#define ACTION_ON_FILAMENT_RUNOUT "pause: filament_runout"
// After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
// before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
// a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
#ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
// Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
// as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
// large enough to avoid false positives.)
//#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
#endif
#endif
//===========================================================================
//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
//===========================================================================
// @section calibrate
/**
* Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
* and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
*
* If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
*
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
* Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
* You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
*
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
* Probe several points in a grid.
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
*
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
* Probe several points in a grid.
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
* The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
*
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
* A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
* of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
* Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
*
* - MESH_BED_LEVELING
* Probe a grid manually
* The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
* For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
* leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
* With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
*/
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
/**
* Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
* this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
*/
//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
/**
* Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
* Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
* NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
*/
//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
// Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
// at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
// The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
// For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
// split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
// contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
#define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
#define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
/**
* Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
*/
//#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
#if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
#define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
#define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
#define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
#define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
#endif
#endif
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
// Set the number of grid points per dimension.
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
// Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
//#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
//#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
//#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
//#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
// Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
//#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
// Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
// Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
//#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
//
// Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
// Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
//
//#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
#if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
// Number of subdivisions between probe points
#define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
#endif
#endif
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
//===========================================================================
//========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
//===========================================================================
//#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
#define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
#define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
#define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
//#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
// as the Z-Height correction value.
#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
//===========================================================================
//=================================== Mesh ==================================
//===========================================================================
#define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
//#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
#endif // BED_LEVELING
/**
* Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
* Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
*/
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
//#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
//#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
//#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
//#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
//#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
//#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
#endif
/**
* Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
* Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
*/
//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
#define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
#define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
//#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
#endif
// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
#define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
#define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
//#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner
#endif
/**
* Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
* Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
*/
//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
// @section homing
// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
//
// With this feature enabled:
//
// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
//
//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
#endif
// Homing speeds (mm/m)
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (100*60)
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (20*60)
// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
// @section calibrate
/**
* Bed Skew Compensation
*
* This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
*
* Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
* 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
* 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
* 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
* 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
*
* Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
* Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
*
* - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
* - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
*
* If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
* Use these diagrams for reference:
*
* Y Z Z
* ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
* | / / | / / | / /
* | / / | / / | / /
* | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
* +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
* XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
*/
//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
// Input all length measurements here:
#define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
#define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
#define XY_SIDE_AD 200
// Or, set the default skew factors directly here
// to override the above measurements:
#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
//#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
#define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
#define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
#define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
#define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
#define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
#define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
#define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
#endif
// Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
//#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
#endif
//=============================================================================
//============================= Additional Features ===========================
//=============================================================================
// @section extras
//
// EEPROM
//
// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
//
#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Enable for M500 and M501 commands
//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
//
// Host Keepalive
//
// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
//
#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
//
// M100 Free Memory Watcher
//
//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
//
// G20/G21 Inch mode support
//
//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
//
// M149 Set temperature units support
//
//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
// @section temperature
// Preheat Constants
#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60
#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90
#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
/**
* Nozzle Park
*
* Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
*
* The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
*
* P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
* P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
* P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
*/
#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
// Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z }
#define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 3, 3, 10 }
#define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis)
#define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers)
#endif
/**
* Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
*
* Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
*
* Parameters:
* P Pattern
* S Strokes / Repetitions
* T Triangles (P1 only)
*
* Patterns:
* P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
* at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
* between the start / end points.
*
* P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
* number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
* Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
* For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
*
* --
* | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
* | | / \ / \ / \ |
* A | | / \ / \ / \ |
* | | / \ / \ / \ |
* | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
* -- +--------------------------------+
* |________|_________|_________|
* T1 T2 T3
*
* P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
* "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
* Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
*
* Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
* Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
*
*/
//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
// Default number of pattern repetitions
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
// Default number of triangles
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
// Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
// Circular pattern radius
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
// Circular pattern circle fragments number
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
// Middle point of circle
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
// Moves the nozzle to the initial position
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
#endif
/**
* Print Job Timer
*
* Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
*
* M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
* M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
* M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
*
* The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
*
* M75 - Start the print job timer
* M76 - Pause the print job timer
* M77 - Stop the print job timer
*/
#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
/**
* Print Counter
*
* Track statistical data such as:
*
* - Total print jobs
* - Total successful print jobs
* - Total failed print jobs
* - Total time printing
*
* View the current statistics with M78.
*/
//#define PRINTCOUNTER
//=============================================================================
//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
//=============================================================================
// @section lcd
/**
* LCD LANGUAGE
*
* Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
*
* en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
* jp-kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
*
* :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
*/
#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
/**
* LCD Character Set
*
* Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
*
* All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
* language extensions:
*
* - JAPANESE ... the most common
* - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
* - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
*
* To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
*
* - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
* - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
* - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
*
* See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
*
* :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
*/
#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
/**
* Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
*
* :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
*/
#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
/**
* SD CARD
*
* SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
* you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
*
*/
#define SDSUPPORT
/**
* SD CARD: SPI SPEED
*
* Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
* This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
*/
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
/**
* SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
*
* Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
*/
//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
/**
* LCD Menu Items
*
* Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
* just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
*/
//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
//
// ENCODER SETTINGS
//
// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
//
#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2
//
// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
// move between next/prev menu items.
//
//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
/**
* Encoder Direction Options
*
* Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
*
* Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
* Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
* Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
*/
//
// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
//
// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
//
//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
//
// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
//
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
//
//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
//
// Individual Axis Homing
//
// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
//
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
//
// SPEAKER/BUZZER
//
// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
//
#define SPEAKER
//
// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
//
// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
// M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
//
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
//=============================================================================
//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
//=============================================================================
//
// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
//
// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
//
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
//
// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
//
//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
//
// ULTIMAKER Controller.
//
//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
//
// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
//
#define ULTIPANEL
#define NEWPANEL
//
// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
//
//#define PANEL_ONE
//
// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
//
// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
//
//#define G3D_PANEL
//
// RigidBot Panel V1.0
// http://www.inventapart.com/
//
//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
//
// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html
//
//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
//
// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
//
//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
// This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
// which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
// This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
//
// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
//
//#define ULTRA_LCD
//=============================================================================
//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
//=============================================================================
//
// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
//
// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
//
//
// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
//
//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
//
// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
//
// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
//
//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
//
// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
//
//#define LCM1602
//
// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
// separate encoder and click inputs.
//
// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
//
// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
//
//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
//
// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
//
//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
//
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
//
//
// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
//
//#define SAV_3DLCD
//
// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
//
//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
//=============================================================================
//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
//=============================================================================
//
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
//
// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
//
//
// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
//
#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
#define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(125)
#define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125)
#define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125)
//
// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
//
//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
//
// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
// http://panucatt.com
//
//#define VIKI2
//#define miniVIKI
//
// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
//
//#define MINIPANEL
//
// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
//
//#define MAKRPANEL
//
// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
//
//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
//
// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
//
//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
//
// Cartesio UI
// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
//
//#define CARTESIO_UI
//
// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
//
//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
//
// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
//
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
//
// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
//
//#define SAV_3DGLCD
#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
#define U8GLIB_SH1106
#endif
//
// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
//
//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
//
// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
//
//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
//
// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
//
//#define MKS_MINI_12864
//
// Factory display for Creality CR-10
// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html
//
// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
//
//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
//
// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
//
// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
//
//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
//
// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
//
// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
//
//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
//
// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html
//
//#define AZSMZ_12864
//
// Silvergate GLCD controller
// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
//
//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
//
// Extensible UI
//
// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
//
//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
//=============================================================================
//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
//=============================================================================
//
// MKS Robin 320x240 color display
//
//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT
//=============================================================================
//============================ Other Controllers ============================
//=============================================================================
//
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
//
//
// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
//
//#define MALYAN_LCD
//
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
//
//
// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
//
// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
//
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0
//=============================================================================
//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
//=============================================================================
// @section extras
// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
// duty cycle is attained.
//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
// M240 Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote
// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
//#define SF_ARC_FIX
// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
//#define BARICUDA
// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
//#define BLINKM
// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
//#define PCA9632
// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
//#define PCA9533
/**
* RGB LED / LED Strip Control
*
* Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
* an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
*
* Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
* If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
* luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
* For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
*
* *** CAUTION ***
* LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
* as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
* Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
* NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
* more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
* *** CAUTION ***
*
* LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
*
*/
//#define RGB_LED
//#define RGBW_LED
#if ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED)
#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
#endif
// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
#define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
#define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin on motherboard 4 => D4 (EXP2-5 on Printrboard) / 30 => PC7 (EXP3-13 on Rumba)
#define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip
#define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
#define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
//#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
#endif
/**
* Printer Event LEDs
*
* During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
*
* - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
* - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
* - Change to white to illuminate work surface
* - Change to green once print has finished
* - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
*/
#if ENABLED(BLINKM) || ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) || ENABLED(PCA9632) || ENABLED(PCA9533)|| ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
#define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
#endif
/**
* R/C SERVO support
* Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
*/
/**
* Number of servos
*
* For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
* Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
* Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
*/
//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES

View file

@ -0,0 +1,2243 @@
/**
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
*
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
*
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*
*/
#pragma once
/**
* Configuration_adv.h
*
* Advanced settings.
* Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
* Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
*
* Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
*
*/
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
// @section temperature
//===========================================================================
//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
//===========================================================================
//
// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
//
//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
#undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
#define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
#endif
#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
#define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
#if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
#define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
#endif
#endif
/**
* Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
* and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
* protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
*
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
* temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
* the heater on.
*
* The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
* If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
* long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
*
* If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
* THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
*/
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
//#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
#if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING) && ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
//#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
#endif
/**
* Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
* firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
* hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
* requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
* if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
* test.
*
* If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
* and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
* below 2.
*/
#define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
#define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
#endif
/**
* Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
*/
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
/**
* As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
*/
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
#endif
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
// this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
// if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
//#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
#if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
#define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
#define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
#endif
#endif
/**
* Automatic Temperature:
* The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
* The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
* Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
* The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
* mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
* Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
* On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
*/
#define AUTOTEMP
#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
#define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
#endif
// Show extra position information in M114
//#define M114_DETAIL
// Show Temperature ADC value
// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
/**
* High Temperature Thermistor Support
*
* Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
* good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
* will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
* preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
* and force stop everything.
* To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
* min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
* aberrant readings.
*
* If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
* uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
*/
// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
// @section extruder
// Extruder runout prevention.
// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
#endif
// @section temperature
// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
/**
* Controller Fan
* To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
*
* The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
* and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
*/
//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
//#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
#endif
// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
/**
* PWM Fan Scaling
*
* Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
*
* With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
* to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
* current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
* Value 0 always turns off the fan.
*
* Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
*/
//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
// @section extruder
/**
* Extruder cooling fans
*
* Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
* temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
*
* Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
* or set to -1 to disable completely.
*
* Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
* the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
*/
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
/**
* Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
*
* This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
* The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
* Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
*/
#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
/**
* M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
*/
//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
#define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
//#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
//#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
#define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
#endif
#endif
//===========================================================================
//============================ Mechanical Settings ==========================
//===========================================================================
// @section homing
// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
// @section extras
//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
//#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
//#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
#endif
/**
* Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
*
* This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
*
* For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
* spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
* set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
* that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
*
* Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
* this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
* in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'.
*/
//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
//#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
#define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
#endif
#endif
//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
//#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
#define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
#endif
#endif
//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
//#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
#define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
#endif
#endif
//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
//#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
#define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
#define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0
#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0
#endif
#endif
/**
* Dual X Carriage
*
* This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
* The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
* "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
*/
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
//#define EXT_SOLENOID
// @section homing
// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
/**
* Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
* Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
*/
//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
// Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 }
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 }
// Set number of iterations to align
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
// Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
// Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
// In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
// Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
// Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
#endif
// @section machine
#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder
//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE
// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
// @section lcd
#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
#define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
#define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
#endif
// @section extras
// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000
// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
#define SLOWDOWN
// Frequency limit
// See nophead's blog for more info
// Not working O
//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
//
// Backlash Compensation
// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
//
//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
// Define values for backlash distance and correction.
// If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
#define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
#define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
// Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
// to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
//#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
// Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
//#define BACKLASH_GCODE
#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
// Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
#define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
#if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
// When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
// mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
// increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
#endif
#endif
#endif
/**
* Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
*
* Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
* conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
*
* G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
* on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
* and hotend offsets.
*
* Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
* ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
*/
//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
#define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
// The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
#define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
#define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
// Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
//#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
// The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
#define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0} // mm
#define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0} // mm
// Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
// auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
// Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
// probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
// Define pin which is read during calibration
#ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
#define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
#define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
//#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
#endif
#endif
/**
* Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
* below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
* vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
* lowest stepping frequencies.
*/
//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
/**
* Custom Microstepping
* Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
*/
//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
/**
* @section stepper motor current
*
* Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
*
* The power on motor currents are set by:
* PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
* known compatible chips: A4982
* DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
* known compatible chips: AD5206
* DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
* known compatible chips: MCP4728
* DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
* known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
*
* Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
* M907 - applies to all.
* M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
* M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
*/
//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
/**
* Common slave addresses:
*
* A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
* Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
* AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
* AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
* MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
*/
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
#endif
//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5
// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
//===========================================================================
//=============================Additional Features===========================
//===========================================================================
// @section lcd
// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
#define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 10 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
#define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 50 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
#endif
// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
#define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
#define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
#endif
// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
#define LCD_INFO_MENU
// Scroll a longer status message into view
#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
#if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
#define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
#define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
#define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
//#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
#endif
#endif
/**
* LED Control Menu
* Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu
*/
//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
#define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
#if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
#define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
#define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
#define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
#define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
#define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
//#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
#endif
#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
// Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
// around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
// as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
// This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
// Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
#define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
#define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
// Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
// Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
// Add an option in the menu to run all auto#.g files
//#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
/**
* Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
*
* Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
* during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
* an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
* point in the file.
*/
#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 69 // Pin to detect power loss
#define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss
#endif
/**
* Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
*
* With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
* by name for easier navigation.
*
* By default...
*
* - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
* - Folders are sorted to the top.
* - The sort key is statically allocated.
* - No added G-code (M34) support.
* - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
*
* SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
* compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
* limit is exceeded.
*
* - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
* - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
* - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
* - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
*/
#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
// SD Card Sorting options
#if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
#define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
#define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
// Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
#endif
// This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
//#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
// Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
//#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
/**
* This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
* This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
* To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
*/
//#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
/**
* This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
* On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
* You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
*/
//#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
/**
* Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds>
*/
//#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
/**
* Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
* equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
* to Marlin as an SD card.
*
* The MAX3421E must be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
* the following pin mapping:
*
* SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
* INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN
* SS --> SDSS
*/
//#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
#if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
#define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
#define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
#endif
/**
* When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
* add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
*
* Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
*
* Tested with this bootloader:
* https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
*/
//#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
#if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
#endif
// Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
//#define FAST_FILE_TRANSFER
#endif // SDSUPPORT
/**
* Additional options for Graphical Displays
*
* Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
* which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
* especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
* on DELTA and SCARA machines.
*
* Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
* controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
* printing performance versus fast display updates.
*/
#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
// Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
//#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
// A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
//#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
// A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
//#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
// Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
// The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
//#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
// Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
//#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
/**
* ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
* the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
* Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
*
* Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
* message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
* length of time to display the status message before clearing.
*
* Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
* This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
*/
#if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
//#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
#if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
#define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
#endif
#endif
/**
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
*/
//#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
//#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
#define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
#define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
//#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
//#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
//#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
//#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
// @section safety
// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs,
// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
#define USE_WATCHDOG
#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
// If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
// The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
// However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
//#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
#endif
// @section lcd
/**
* Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
* the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
* axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
*
* Warning: Does not respect endstops!
*/
#define BABYSTEPPING
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
//#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
#define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
#endif
#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 5 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
#endif
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
//#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
#endif
#endif
// @section extruder
/**
* Linear Pressure Control v1.5
*
* Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
* K=0 means advance disabled.
*
* NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
*
* Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
* Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
* If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
* print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
*
* See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
* Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
*/
//#define LIN_ADVANCE
#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
#define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
//#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
#endif
// @section leveling
#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
// Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
//#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
//#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
//#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
//#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
#endif
/**
* Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
* Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
*/
//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
#define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
#define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
/**
* Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
* between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
*/
#define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
#define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
#define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
/**
* Specify an action command to send to the host on a recovery attempt or failure.
* Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_G29_FAILURE', e.g. '//action:probe_failed'.
* The host must be configured to handle the action command.
*/
#define G29_ACTION_ON_RECOVER "probe_rewipe"
#define G29_ACTION_ON_FAILURE "probe_failed"
#endif
// @section extras
//
// G2/G3 Arc Support
//
#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
#define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment
#define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of intertpolated segments between corrections
//#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
//#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
#endif
// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target
// Set MULTIPLE_PROBING if you want G38 to double touch
//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
#define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move)
#endif
// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
/**
* Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
* 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
* 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
* 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
* 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
* 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
* 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
* 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
* 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
*
* Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
*/
//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650
/**
* Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
* 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
* 1 : Minimum for A4988, A5984, and LV8729 stepper drivers
* 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
* 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
* 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
*
* Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
*/
//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
/**
* Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
* If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
* 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
* 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
* 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
* 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
* 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
* 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
*
* Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
*/
//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
// @section temperature
// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
//===========================================================================
//================================= Buffers =================================
//===========================================================================
// @section hidden
// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
#else
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
#endif
// @section serial
// The ASCII buffer for serial input
#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
#define BUFSIZE 4
// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
// Host Receive Buffer Size
// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
// Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
// the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
//#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
#endif
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
// Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
// RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
//#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
// Enable this option to collect and display the number
// of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
//#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
#endif
// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
//#define ADVANCED_OK
// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
// @section extras
/**
* Extra Fan Speed
* Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
* 'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan>
* 'M106 P<fan> T2' : Use the set secondary speed
* 'M106 P<fan> T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
*/
//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
/**
* Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
*
* Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
* Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
*
* Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
* With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
* will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
*
* Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
*
* Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
*
*/
//#define FWRETRACT
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
#define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // costs ~500 bytes of PROGMEM
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
#define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over
#define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion
#endif
#define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // Default retract length (positive mm)
#define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
#define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
#define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // Default retract Z-raise (mm)
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s)
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
//#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
#endif
#endif
/**
* Universal tool change settings.
* Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
*/
#if EXTRUDERS > 1
// Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
// Retract and prime filament on tool-change
//#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
#if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm)
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm)
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
#endif
/**
* Position to park head during tool change.
* Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
*/
//#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
#if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m)
#endif
#endif
/**
* Advanced Pause
* Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
* Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
* If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
*
* Requires an LCD display.
* Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
* This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
*/
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
// This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
// Set to 0 for manual unloading.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
// 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
// Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
// Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
// until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
// Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
#define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
#define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
//#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
//#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
//#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
//#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
#endif
// @section tmc
/**
* TMC26X Stepper Driver options
*
* The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
* https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
*/
#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
#define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
#define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
#define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
#define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
#define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
#define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
#define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
#define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
#define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
#define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
#define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
#define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
#define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
#define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#endif // TMC26X
// @section tmc_smart
/**
* To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
* connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
* the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
* pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
* You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
*
* To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
* to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
* To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
* a resistor.
* The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
*
* TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
*/
#if HAS_TRINAMIC
#define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
#define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
#define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
#define X_RSENSE 0.11
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
#define X2_CURRENT 800
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
#define X2_RSENSE 0.11
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
#define Y_CURRENT 800
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
#define Y_RSENSE 0.11
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
#define Y2_CURRENT 800
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
#define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
#define Z_CURRENT 800
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
#define Z_RSENSE 0.11
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
#define Z2_CURRENT 800
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
#define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
#define Z3_CURRENT 800
#define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
#define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
#define E0_CURRENT 800
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
#define E0_RSENSE 0.11
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
#define E1_CURRENT 800
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
#define E1_RSENSE 0.11
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
#define E2_CURRENT 800
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
#define E2_RSENSE 0.11
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
#define E3_CURRENT 800
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
#define E3_RSENSE 0.11
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
#define E4_CURRENT 800
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
#define E4_RSENSE 0.11
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
#define E5_CURRENT 800
#define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
#define E5_RSENSE 0.11
#endif
/**
* Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
* The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
*/
//#define X_CS_PIN -1
//#define Y_CS_PIN -1
//#define Z_CS_PIN -1
//#define X2_CS_PIN -1
//#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
//#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
//#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
//#define E0_CS_PIN -1
//#define E1_CS_PIN -1
//#define E2_CS_PIN -1
//#define E3_CS_PIN -1
//#define E4_CS_PIN -1
//#define E5_CS_PIN -1
/**
* Use software SPI for TMC2130.
* Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
* The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
* but you can override or define them here.
*/
//#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
//#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
//#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
//#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
/**
* Software enable
*
* Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
* function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
*/
//#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
/**
* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
* Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
* When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
*/
#define STEALTHCHOP_XY
#define STEALTHCHOP_Z
#define STEALTHCHOP_E
/**
* Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
* or with the help of an example included in the library.
* Provided parameter sets are
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
* CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
* CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
*
* Define you own with
* { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
*/
#define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
/**
* Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
* like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
* In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
* Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
* Relevant g-codes:
* M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
* M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
* M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
* M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
*/
//#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
#if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
#define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
#define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
#define STOP_ON_ERROR
#endif
/**
* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
* The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
* This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
* STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
* M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
*/
//#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
#define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
#define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
#define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
#define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
#define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
#define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
#define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
#define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
/**
* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
* Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
* Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
* X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
*
* X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity.
* Higher values make the system LESS sensitive.
* Lower value make the system MORE sensitive.
* Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering.
* It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
* M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
*/
//#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
/**
* Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
*
* CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
* to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
*/
//#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
#if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) || ENABLED(SENSORLESS_PROBING)
#define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
#define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
//#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
#endif
/**
* Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
* M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
*/
//#define TMC_DEBUG
/**
* You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
* A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2208Stepper
*
* Example:
* #define TMC_ADV() { \
* stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
* stepperY.interpolate(0); \
* }
*/
#define TMC_ADV() { }
#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
// @section L6470
/**
* L6470 Stepper Driver options
*
* Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver.
* https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
*
* Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
* L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
* L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
* L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
* L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
* L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional)
*/
#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
//#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
#define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128)
#define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down)
#define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
#define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper
#define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470)
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
#define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define X2_CHAIN_POS 0
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470)
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
#define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define Y_CHAIN_POS 0
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470)
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
#define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470)
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
#define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define Z_CHAIN_POS 0
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470)
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
#define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470)
#define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
#define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470)
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
#define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define E0_CHAIN_POS 0
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470)
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
#define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define E1_CHAIN_POS 0
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470)
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
#define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define E2_CHAIN_POS 0
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470)
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
#define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define E3_CHAIN_POS 0
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470)
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
#define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define E4_CHAIN_POS 0
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470)
#define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
#define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define E5_CHAIN_POS 0
#endif
/**
* Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
* In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
* Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
* Relevant g-codes:
* M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
* I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
* I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
* I3 - Z3 or E3
* I4 - E4
* I5 - E5
* M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
* M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
* M918 - Increase speed until max or error
* M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
*/
//#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
#if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
#define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
//#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
#endif
#endif // L6470
/**
* TWI/I2C BUS
*
* This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
* machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
* devices on the bus.
*
* ; Example #1
* ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
* ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
* M260 A99 ; Target slave address
* M260 B77 ; M
* M260 B97 ; a
* M260 B114 ; r
* M260 B108 ; l
* M260 B105 ; i
* M260 B110 ; n
* M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
*
* ; Example #2
* ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
* M261 A99 B5
*
* ; Example #3
* ; Example serial output of a M261 request
* echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
*/
// @section i2cbus
//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
// @section extras
/**
* Canon Hack Development Kit
* http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
*/
//#define CHDK_PIN 4 // Set and enable a pin for triggering CHDK to take a picture
#if PIN_EXISTS(CHDK)
#define CHDK_DELAY 50 // (ms) How long the pin should remain HIGH
#endif
/**
* Spindle & Laser control
*
* Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
* to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
*
* SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
* Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
* the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
*
* You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
* hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
*
* See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
*/
//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT false // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
#define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
#define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false
#define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
/**
* The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
*
* SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
* where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
*
* set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
*/
#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
//#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
//#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
//#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
//#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
#endif
/**
* Filament Width Sensor
*
* Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
* flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
*
* Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
* extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
* volume.
*
* Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
*
* 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
* 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
* 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
*
* Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
*/
//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
#define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
#define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
#define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
#define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
#define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
// Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
//#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
#endif
/**
* CNC Coordinate Systems
*
* Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
* and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
*/
//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
/**
* Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
*/
#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
/**
* Include capabilities in M115 output
*/
#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
/**
* Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
*/
//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
/**
* Volumetric extrusion default state
* Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
* with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
*
* M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
*/
//#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
#endif
/**
* Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
* workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
*
* - M206 and M428 are disabled.
* - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
*/
#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
/**
* Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
* This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
*
* For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
* Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
*/
#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
/**
* Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
*/
#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
/**
* CNC G-code options
* Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
* Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
* High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
*/
//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
//#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
#endif
/**
* G-code Macros
*
* Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
* Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
*/
//#define GCODE_MACROS
#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
#define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
#define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
#endif
/**
* User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
*/
//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
#define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
#define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
//#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
#define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
#define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
#define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
#define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
#define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
#define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
#define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
#define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
#endif
/**
* Specify an action command to send to the host when the printer is killed.
* Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_KILL', e.g. '//action:poweroff'.
* The host must be configured to handle the action command.
*/
//#define ACTION_ON_KILL "poweroff"
/**
* Specify an action command to send to the host on pause and resume.
* Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_PAUSE', e.g. '//action:pause'.
* The host must be configured to handle the action command.
*
* PAUSE / RESUME : Used in non-parking scenarios where the host handles the
* action while Marlin continues to process G-Code. (M24/M25)
*
* PAUSED / RESUMED : Used in scenarios where Marlin handles pause and filament-
* change actions and the host needs to stop sending commands
* until the machine is ready to resume. (M125/M600)
*
* CANCEL : Instructs the host to abort the print job. Used when the
* print is canceled from the LCD menu.
*/
//#define ACTION_ON_PAUSE "pause"
//#define ACTION_ON_RESUME "resume"
//#define ACTION_ON_PAUSED "paused"
//#define ACTION_ON_RESUMED "resumed"
//#define ACTION_ON_CANCEL "cancel"
//===========================================================================
//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ======================
//===========================================================================
/**
* I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
* Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
*
* Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
* Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
*
* Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
* Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
*
* Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
*/
//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
#define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
// encoders supported currently.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
// I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
// 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
// for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
//#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
// steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
//#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
// printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
// smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
// measurement noise / latency (filter).
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
//#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
//#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
#define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
#define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
#define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
#define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
#define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
#define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
// Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
#define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
#define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
#define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
#define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
#define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
//#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
// axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
// disable abort behaviour.
#define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
// for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
// is trusted again.
/**
* Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
* this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
* error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
*/
#define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
// Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
#define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
/**
* MAX7219 Debug Matrix
*
* Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
* Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
*/
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
#define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
#define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
#define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
//#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
#define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
#define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
#define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
// connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
//#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
/**
* Sample debug features
* If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
*/
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
// If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
// tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
#endif
/**
* NanoDLP Sync support
*
* Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
* string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
* [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
*/
//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
//#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
// Default behaviour is limited to Z axis only.
#endif
/**
* WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
*/
//#define WIFISUPPORT
#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
#define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
#define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password"
#endif
/**
* Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
* Enable in Configuration.h
*/
#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
// Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
// For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
// For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
#define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
#define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
// Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
//#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
// Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
//#define MMU2_MODE_12V
// G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
#define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
// Add an LCD menu for MMU2
//#define MMU2_MENUS
#if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
// Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
// This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
#define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
#define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
{ 7.2, 562 }, \
{ 14.4, 871 }, \
{ 36.0, 1393 }, \
{ 14.4, 871 }, \
{ 50.0, 198 }
#define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
{ 1.0, 1000 }, \
{ 1.0, 1500 }, \
{ 2.0, 2000 }, \
{ 1.5, 3000 }, \
{ 2.5, 4000 }, \
{ -15.0, 5000 }, \
{ -14.0, 1200 }, \
{ -6.0, 600 }, \
{ 10.0, 700 }, \
{ -10.0, 400 }, \
{ -50.0, 2000 }
#endif
//#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
// @section develop
/**
* M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
*/
//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -276,6 +276,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -291,6 +291,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -276,6 +276,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -272,6 +272,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -274,6 +274,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -302,6 +302,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -293,6 +293,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -291,6 +291,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -290,6 +290,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -286,6 +286,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 3 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 3 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -276,6 +276,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -275,6 +275,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -276,6 +276,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 3 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 3 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif #endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).

View file

@ -35,14 +35,18 @@ Mixer mixer;
#endif #endif
// Used up to Planner level // Used up to Planner level
uint_fast8_t Mixer::selected_vtool = 0; uint_fast8_t Mixer::selected_vtool = 0;
float Mixer::collector[MIXING_STEPPERS]; // mix proportion. 0.0 = off, otherwise <= COLOR_A_MASK. float Mixer::collector[MIXING_STEPPERS]; // mix proportion. 0.0 = off, otherwise <= COLOR_A_MASK.
mixer_comp_t Mixer::color[NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS][MIXING_STEPPERS]; mixer_comp_t Mixer::color[NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS][MIXING_STEPPERS];
// Used in Stepper // Used in Stepper
int_fast8_t Mixer::runner = 0; int_fast8_t Mixer::runner = 0;
mixer_comp_t Mixer::s_color[MIXING_STEPPERS]; mixer_comp_t Mixer::s_color[MIXING_STEPPERS];
mixer_accu_t Mixer::accu[MIXING_STEPPERS] = { 0 }; mixer_accu_t Mixer::accu[MIXING_STEPPERS] = { 0 };
#if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER || ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
mixer_perc_t Mixer::mix[MIXING_STEPPERS];
#endif
void Mixer::normalize(const uint8_t tool_index) { void Mixer::normalize(const uint8_t tool_index) {
float cmax = 0; float cmax = 0;
@ -66,9 +70,8 @@ void Mixer::normalize(const uint8_t tool_index) {
#endif #endif
// Scale all values so their maximum is COLOR_A_MASK // Scale all values so their maximum is COLOR_A_MASK
const float inverse_max = RECIPROCAL(cmax); const float scale = float(COLOR_A_MASK) / cmax;
MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) color[tool_index][i] = collector[i] * scale;
color[tool_index][i] = collector[i] * COLOR_A_MASK * inverse_max;
#ifdef MIXER_NORMALIZER_DEBUG #ifdef MIXER_NORMALIZER_DEBUG
csum = 0; csum = 0;
@ -86,6 +89,10 @@ void Mixer::normalize(const uint8_t tool_index) {
} }
SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("]"); SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("]");
#endif #endif
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
refresh_gradient();
#endif
} }
void Mixer::reset_vtools() { void Mixer::reset_vtools() {
@ -115,6 +122,79 @@ void Mixer::init() {
#endif #endif
ZERO(collector); ZERO(collector);
#if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER || ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
update_mix_from_vtool();
#endif
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
update_gradient_for_planner_z();
#endif
} }
void Mixer::refresh_collector(const float proportion/*=1.0*/, const uint8_t t/*=selected_vtool*/) {
float csum = 0, cmax = 0;
MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) {
const float v = color[t][i];
cmax = MAX(cmax, v);
csum += v;
}
//SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("Mixer::refresh_collector(", proportion);
//SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ", int(t));
//SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(") cmax=", cmax);
//SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" csum=", csum);
//SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" color");
const float inv_prop = proportion / csum;
MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) {
collector[i] = color[t][i] * inv_prop;
//SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" [", int(t));
//SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("][", int(i));
//SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("] = ", int(color[t][i]));
//SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" (", collector[i]);
//SERIAL_ECHOPGM(") ");
}
//SERIAL_EOL();
}
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
#include "../module/motion.h"
#include "../module/planner.h"
gradient_t Mixer::gradient = {
false, // enabled
{0}, // color (array)
0, 0, // start_z, end_z
0, 1, // start_vtool, end_vtool
{0}, {0} // start_mix[], end_mix[]
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_VTOOL)
, -1 // vtool_index
#endif
};
float Mixer::prev_z; // = 0
void Mixer::update_gradient_for_z(const float z) {
if (z == prev_z) return;
prev_z = z;
const float slice = gradient.end_z - gradient.start_z;
float pct = (z - gradient.start_z) / slice;
NOLESS(pct, 0.0f); NOMORE(pct, 1.0f);
MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) {
const mixer_perc_t sm = gradient.start_mix[i];
mix[i] = sm + (gradient.end_mix[i] - sm) * pct;
}
copy_mix_to_color(gradient.color);
}
void Mixer::update_gradient_for_planner_z() {
update_gradient_for_z(planner.get_axis_position_mm(Z_AXIS));
}
#endif // GRADIENT_MIX
#endif // MIXING_EXTRUDER #endif // MIXING_EXTRUDER

View file

@ -23,42 +23,70 @@
#include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h" #include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
#ifdef __AVR__ //#define MIXER_NORMALIZER_DEBUG
#if !defined(__AVR__) // || DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
// Use 16-bit (or fastest) data for the integer mix factors
typedef uint_fast16_t mixer_comp_t;
typedef uint_fast16_t mixer_accu_t;
#define COLOR_A_MASK 0x8000
#define COLOR_MASK 0x7FFF
#else
// Use 8-bit data for the integer mix factors
// Exactness is sacrificed for speed
#define MIXER_ACCU_SIGNED #define MIXER_ACCU_SIGNED
typedef uint8_t mixer_comp_t; typedef uint8_t mixer_comp_t;
typedef int8_t mixer_accu_t; typedef int8_t mixer_accu_t;
#define COLOR_A_MASK 0x80 #define COLOR_A_MASK 0x80
#define COLOR_MASK 0x7F #define COLOR_MASK 0x7F
#else
typedef uint_fast16_t mixer_comp_t;
typedef uint_fast16_t mixer_accu_t;
#define COLOR_A_MASK 0x8000
#define COLOR_MASK 0x7FFF
#endif #endif
typedef int8_t mixer_perc_t;
#ifndef MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS #ifndef MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 1 #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 1
#endif #endif
enum MixTool {
FIRST_USER_VIRTUAL_TOOL = 0,
LAST_USER_VIRTUAL_TOOL = MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - 1,
NR_USER_VIRTUAL_TOOLS,
#ifdef RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING
MIXER_AUTORETRACT_TOOL = NR_USER_VIRTUAL_TOOLS,
NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS
#else
NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS = NR_USER_VIRTUAL_TOOLS
#endif
};
#ifdef RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING #ifdef RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING
#define NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS (MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS + 1) static_assert(NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS <= 254, "MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS must be <= 254!");
#define MIXER_AUTORETRACT_TOOL MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS
#if NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS > 254
#error "MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS must be <= 254!"
#endif
#else #else
#define NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS (MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS) static_assert(NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS <= 255, "MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS must be <= 255!");
#if NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS > 255
#error "MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS must be <= 255!"
#endif
#endif #endif
#define MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(VAR) \ #define MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(VAR) \
for (uint_fast8_t VAR = 0; VAR < MIXING_STEPPERS; VAR++) for (uint_fast8_t VAR = 0; VAR < MIXING_STEPPERS; VAR++)
#define MIXER_BLOCK_FIELD mixer_comp_t b_color[MIXING_STEPPERS] #define MIXER_BLOCK_FIELD mixer_comp_t b_color[MIXING_STEPPERS]
#define MIXER_POPULATE_BLOCK() mixer.populate_block(block->b_color) #define MIXER_POPULATE_BLOCK() mixer.populate_block(block->b_color)
#define MIXER_STEPPER_SETUP() mixer.stepper_setup(current_block->b_color) #define MIXER_STEPPER_SETUP() mixer.stepper_setup(current_block->b_color)
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
typedef struct {
bool enabled; // This gradient is enabled
mixer_comp_t color[MIXING_STEPPERS]; // The current gradient color
float start_z, end_z; // Region for gradient
int8_t start_vtool, end_vtool; // Start and end virtual tools
mixer_perc_t start_mix[MIXING_STEPPERS], // Start and end mixes from those tools
end_mix[MIXING_STEPPERS];
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_VTOOL)
int8_t vtool_index; // Use this virtual tool number as index
#endif
} gradient_t;
#endif
/** /**
* @brief Mixer class * @brief Mixer class
@ -67,27 +95,157 @@
class Mixer { class Mixer {
public: public:
static void init(); static float collector[MIXING_STEPPERS]; // M163 components, also editable from LCD
static void init(); // Populate colors at boot time
static void reset_vtools(); static void reset_vtools();
static void refresh_collector(const float proportion=1.0, const uint8_t t=selected_vtool);
// Used up to Planner level // Used up to Planner level
FORCE_INLINE static void set_collector(const uint8_t c, const float f) { collector[c] = MAX(f, 0.0f); }
static void normalize(const uint8_t tool_index); static void normalize(const uint8_t tool_index);
FORCE_INLINE static void normalize() { normalize(selected_vtool); }
FORCE_INLINE static uint8_t get_current_vtool() { return selected_vtool; } FORCE_INLINE static uint8_t get_current_vtool() { return selected_vtool; }
FORCE_INLINE static void T(const uint_fast8_t c) { selected_vtool = c; }
FORCE_INLINE static void set_collector(const uint8_t c, const float f) { collector[c] = f; } FORCE_INLINE static void T(const uint_fast8_t c) {
selected_vtool = c;
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_VTOOL)
refresh_gradient();
#endif
#if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
update_mix_from_vtool();
#endif
}
// Used when dealing with blocks // Used when dealing with blocks
FORCE_INLINE static void populate_block(mixer_comp_t b_color[]) { FORCE_INLINE static void populate_block(mixer_comp_t b_color[MIXING_STEPPERS]) {
uint_fast8_t j = get_current_vtool(); #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) b_color[i] = color[j][i]; if (gradient.enabled) {
MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) b_color[i] = gradient.color[i];
return;
}
#endif
MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) b_color[i] = color[selected_vtool][i];
} }
FORCE_INLINE static void stepper_setup(mixer_comp_t b_color[]) { MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) s_color[i] = b_color[i]; }
FORCE_INLINE static void stepper_setup(mixer_comp_t b_color[MIXING_STEPPERS]) {
MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) s_color[i] = b_color[i];
}
#if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER || ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
static mixer_perc_t mix[MIXING_STEPPERS]; // Scratch array for the Mix in proportion to 100
static inline void copy_mix_to_color(mixer_comp_t (&tcolor)[MIXING_STEPPERS]) {
// Scale each component to the largest one in terms of COLOR_A_MASK
// So the largest component will be COLOR_A_MASK and the other will be in proportion to it
const float scale = (COLOR_A_MASK) * RECIPROCAL(float(MAX(mix[0], mix[1])));
// Scale all values so their maximum is COLOR_A_MASK
MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) tcolor[i] = mix[i] * scale;
#ifdef MIXER_NORMALIZER_DEBUG
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("Mix [", int(mix[0]));
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ", int(mix[1]));
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("] to Color [", int(tcolor[0]));
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ", int(tcolor[1]));
SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("]");
#endif
}
static inline void update_mix_from_vtool(const uint8_t j=selected_vtool) {
float ctot = 0;
MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) ctot += color[j][i];
//MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) mix[i] = 100.0f * color[j][i] / ctot;
mix[0] = mixer_perc_t(100.0f * color[j][0] / ctot);
mix[1] = 100 - mix[0];
#ifdef MIXER_NORMALIZER_DEBUG
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("V-tool ", int(j));
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" [", int(color[j][0]));
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ", int(color[j][1]));
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("] to Mix [", int(mix[0]));
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ", int(mix[1]));
SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("]");
#endif
}
#endif // DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER || GRADIENT_MIX
#if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
// Update the virtual tool from an edited mix
static inline void update_vtool_from_mix() {
copy_mix_to_color(color[selected_vtool]);
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
refresh_gradient();
#endif
// MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) collector[i] = mix[i];
// normalize();
}
#endif // DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
static gradient_t gradient;
static float prev_z;
// Update the current mix from the gradient for a given Z
static void update_gradient_for_z(const float z);
static void update_gradient_for_planner_z();
static inline void gradient_control(const float z) {
if (gradient.enabled) {
if (z >= gradient.end_z)
T(gradient.end_vtool);
else
update_gradient_for_z(z);
}
}
static inline void update_mix_from_gradient() {
float ctot = 0;
MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) ctot += gradient.color[i];
mix[0] = (mixer_perc_t)CEIL(100.0f * gradient.color[0] / ctot);
mix[1] = 100 - mix[0];
#ifdef MIXER_NORMALIZER_DEBUG
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("Gradient [", int(gradient.color[0]));
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ", int(gradient.color[1]));
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("] to Mix [", int(mix[0]));
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ", int(mix[1]));
SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("]");
#endif
}
// Refresh the gradient after a change
static void refresh_gradient() {
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_VTOOL)
const bool is_grd = (selected_vtool == gradient.vtool_index);
#else
constexpr bool is_grd = true;
#endif
gradient.enabled = is_grd && gradient.start_vtool != gradient.end_vtool && gradient.start_z < gradient.end_z;
if (gradient.enabled) {
mixer_perc_t mix_bak[MIXING_STEPPERS];
COPY(mix_bak, mix);
update_mix_from_vtool(gradient.start_vtool);
COPY(gradient.start_mix, mix);
update_mix_from_vtool(gradient.end_vtool);
COPY(gradient.end_mix, mix);
update_gradient_for_planner_z();
COPY(mix, mix_bak);
prev_z = -1;
}
}
#endif // GRADIENT_MIX
// Used in Stepper // Used in Stepper
FORCE_INLINE static uint8_t get_stepper() { return runner; } FORCE_INLINE static uint8_t get_stepper() { return runner; }
FORCE_INLINE static uint8_t get_next_stepper() { FORCE_INLINE static uint8_t get_next_stepper() {
do { for (;;) {
if (--runner < 0) runner = MIXING_STEPPERS - 1; if (--runner < 0) runner = MIXING_STEPPERS - 1;
accu[runner] += s_color[runner]; accu[runner] += s_color[runner];
if ( if (
@ -100,14 +258,13 @@ class Mixer {
accu[runner] &= COLOR_MASK; accu[runner] &= COLOR_MASK;
return runner; return runner;
} }
} while( true ); }
} }
private: private:
// Used up to Planner level // Used up to Planner level
static uint_fast8_t selected_vtool; static uint_fast8_t selected_vtool;
static float collector[MIXING_STEPPERS];
static mixer_comp_t color[NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS][MIXING_STEPPERS]; static mixer_comp_t color[NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS][MIXING_STEPPERS];
// Used in Stepper // Used in Stepper

View file

@ -176,6 +176,10 @@ void PrintJobRecovery::save(const bool force/*=false*/, const bool save_queue/*=
); );
#endif #endif
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
memcpy(&info.gradient, &mixer.gradient, sizeof(info.gradient));
#endif
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
COPY(info.retract, fwretract.current_retract); COPY(info.retract, fwretract.current_retract);
info.retract_hop = fwretract.current_hop; info.retract_hop = fwretract.current_hop;
@ -305,6 +309,10 @@ void PrintJobRecovery::resume() {
} }
#endif #endif
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
memcpy(&mixer.gradient, &info.gradient, sizeof(info.gradient));
#endif
// Restore Z (plus raise) and E positions with G92.0 // Restore Z (plus raise) and E positions with G92.0
dtostrf(info.current_position[Z_AXIS] + RECOVERY_ZRAISE, 1, 3, str_1); dtostrf(info.current_position[Z_AXIS] + RECOVERY_ZRAISE, 1, 3, str_1);
dtostrf(info.current_position[E_AXIS] dtostrf(info.current_position[E_AXIS]

View file

@ -28,6 +28,10 @@
#include "../sd/cardreader.h" #include "../sd/cardreader.h"
#include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" #include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h"
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
#include "../feature/mixing.h"
#endif
#define SAVE_INFO_INTERVAL_MS 0 #define SAVE_INFO_INTERVAL_MS 0
//#define SAVE_EACH_CMD_MODE //#define SAVE_EACH_CMD_MODE
//#define DEBUG_POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY //#define DEBUG_POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
@ -63,6 +67,15 @@ typedef struct {
float retract[EXTRUDERS], retract_hop; float retract[EXTRUDERS], retract_hop;
#endif #endif
// Mixing extruder and gradient
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
//uint_fast8_t selected_vtool;
//mixer_comp_t color[NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS][MIXING_STEPPERS];
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
gradient_t gradient;
#endif
#endif
// Command queue // Command queue
uint8_t commands_in_queue, cmd_queue_index_r; uint8_t commands_in_queue, cmd_queue_index_r;
char command_queue[BUFSIZE][MAX_CMD_SIZE]; char command_queue[BUFSIZE][MAX_CMD_SIZE];

View file

@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
void GcodeSuite::M163() { void GcodeSuite::M163() {
const int mix_index = parser.intval('S'); const int mix_index = parser.intval('S');
if (mix_index < MIXING_STEPPERS) if (mix_index < MIXING_STEPPERS)
mixer.set_collector(mix_index, MAX(parser.floatval('P'), 0.0)); mixer.set_collector(mix_index, parser.floatval('P'));
} }
/** /**
@ -53,10 +53,12 @@ void GcodeSuite::M164() {
#else #else
constexpr int tool_index = 0; constexpr int tool_index = 0;
#endif #endif
if (WITHIN(tool_index, 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - 1)) if (tool_index >= 0) {
mixer.normalize(tool_index); if (tool_index < MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS)
mixer.normalize(tool_index);
}
else else
mixer.normalize(mixer.get_current_vtool()); mixer.normalize();
} }
#if ENABLED(DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1) #if ENABLED(DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1)
@ -95,7 +97,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M164() {
MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) { MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) {
if (parser.seenval(mixing_codes[i])) { if (parser.seenval(mixing_codes[i])) {
SBI(mix_bits, i); SBI(mix_bits, i);
mixer.set_collector(i, MAX(parser.value_float(), 0.0f)); mixer.set_collector(i, parser.value_float());
} }
} }
// If any mixing factors were included, clear the rest // If any mixing factors were included, clear the rest
@ -103,7 +105,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M164() {
if (mix_bits) { if (mix_bits) {
MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i)
if (!TEST(mix_bits, i)) mixer.set_collector(i, 0.0f); if (!TEST(mix_bits, i)) mixer.set_collector(i, 0.0f);
mixer.normalize(mixer.get_current_vtool()); mixer.normalize();
} }
} }

View file

@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
/**
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
*
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
*
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*
*/
#include "../../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
#include "../../gcode.h"
#include "../../../module/motion.h"
#include "../../../module/planner.h"
#include "../../../feature/mixing.h"
inline void echo_mix() {
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" (", int(mixer.mix[0]));
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("%|", int(mixer.mix[1]));
SERIAL_ECHOPGM("%)");
}
inline void echo_zt(const int t, const float &z) {
mixer.update_mix_from_vtool(t);
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z", z);
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" T", t);
echo_mix();
}
/**
* M166: Set a simple gradient mix for a two-component mixer
* based on the Geeetech A10M implementation by Jone Liu.
*
* S[bool] - Enable / disable gradients
* A[float] - Starting Z for the gradient
* Z[float] - Ending Z for the gradient. (Must be greater than the starting Z.)
* I[index] - V-Tool to use as the starting mix.
* J[index] - V-Tool to use as the ending mix.
*
* T[index] - A V-Tool index to use as an alias for the Gradient (Requires GRADIENT_VTOOL)
* T with no index clears the setting. Note: This can match the I or J value.
*
* Example: M166 S1 A0 Z20 I0 J1
*/
void GcodeSuite::M166() {
if (parser.seenval('A')) mixer.gradient.start_z = parser.value_float();
if (parser.seenval('Z')) mixer.gradient.end_z = parser.value_float();
if (parser.seenval('I')) mixer.gradient.start_vtool = (uint8_t)constrain(parser.value_int(), 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS);
if (parser.seenval('J')) mixer.gradient.end_vtool = (uint8_t)constrain(parser.value_int(), 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS);
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_VTOOL)
if (parser.seen('T')) mixer.gradient.vtool_index = parser.byteval('T', -1);
#endif
if (parser.seen('S')) mixer.gradient.enabled = parser.value_bool();
SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Gradient Mix ");
serialprint_onoff(mixer.gradient.enabled);
if (mixer.gradient.enabled) {
mixer.refresh_gradient();
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_VTOOL)
if (mixer.gradient.vtool_index >= 0) {
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" (T", int(mixer.gradient.vtool_index));
SERIAL_CHAR(')');
}
#endif
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" ; Start");
echo_zt(mixer.gradient.start_vtool, mixer.gradient.start_z);
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" ; End");
echo_zt(mixer.gradient.end_vtool, mixer.gradient.end_z);
mixer.update_mix_from_gradient();
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" ; Current Z", planner.get_axis_position_mm(Z_AXIS));
echo_mix();
}
SERIAL_EOL();
}
#endif // GRADIENT_MIX

View file

@ -443,6 +443,9 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(
#if ENABLED(DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1) #if ENABLED(DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1)
case 165: M165(); break; // M165: Set multiple mix weights case 165: M165(); break; // M165: Set multiple mix weights
#endif #endif
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
case 166: M166(); break; // M166: Set Gradient Mix
#endif
#endif #endif
#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) #if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)

View file

@ -149,6 +149,7 @@
* M163 - Set a single proportion for a mixing extruder. (Requires MIXING_EXTRUDER) * M163 - Set a single proportion for a mixing extruder. (Requires MIXING_EXTRUDER)
* M164 - Commit the mix and save to a virtual tool (current, or as specified by 'S'). (Requires MIXING_EXTRUDER) * M164 - Commit the mix and save to a virtual tool (current, or as specified by 'S'). (Requires MIXING_EXTRUDER)
* M165 - Set the mix for the mixing extruder (and current virtual tool) with parameters ABCDHI. (Requires MIXING_EXTRUDER and DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1) * M165 - Set the mix for the mixing extruder (and current virtual tool) with parameters ABCDHI. (Requires MIXING_EXTRUDER and DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1)
* M166 - Set the Gradient Mix for the mixing extruder. (Requires GRADIENT_MIX)
* M190 - Sxxx Wait for bed current temp to reach target temp. ** Waits only when heating! ** * M190 - Sxxx Wait for bed current temp to reach target temp. ** Waits only when heating! **
* Rxxx Wait for bed current temp to reach target temp. ** Waits for heating or cooling. ** * Rxxx Wait for bed current temp to reach target temp. ** Waits for heating or cooling. **
* M200 - Set filament diameter, D<diameter>, setting E axis units to cubic. (Use S0 to revert to linear units.) * M200 - Set filament diameter, D<diameter>, setting E axis units to cubic. (Use S0 to revert to linear units.)
@ -593,6 +594,9 @@ private:
#if ENABLED(DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1) #if ENABLED(DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1)
static void M165(); static void M165();
#endif #endif
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
static void M166();
#endif
#endif #endif
static void M200(); static void M200();

View file

@ -383,6 +383,7 @@
#elif ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) #elif ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
#define E_STEPPERS MIXING_STEPPERS #define E_STEPPERS MIXING_STEPPERS
#define E_MANUAL 1 #define E_MANUAL 1
#define DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER (MIXING_STEPPERS == 2)
#elif ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) #elif ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
#define E_STEPPERS EXTRUDERS #define E_STEPPERS EXTRUDERS
#define E_MANUAL EXTRUDERS #define E_MANUAL EXTRUDERS

View file

@ -2069,6 +2069,10 @@ static_assert(sanity_arr_3[0] > 0 && sanity_arr_3[1] > 0 && sanity_arr_3[2] > 0
#error "BACKLASH_COMPENSATION is incompatible with CORE kinematics." #error "BACKLASH_COMPENSATION is incompatible with CORE kinematics."
#endif #endif
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) && MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS < 2
#error "GRADIENT_MIX requires 2 or more MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS."
#endif
/** /**
* Prusa MMU2 requirements * Prusa MMU2 requirements
*/ */

View file

@ -832,11 +832,35 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() {
#else // HOTENDS <= 2 && (HOTENDS <= 1 || !HAS_HEATED_BED) #else // HOTENDS <= 2 && (HOTENDS <= 1 || !HAS_HEATED_BED)
_draw_axis_value(X_AXIS, ftostr4sign(LOGICAL_X_POSITION(current_position[X_AXIS])), blink); #if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
lcd_put_wchar(' '); // Two-component mix / gradient instead of XY
_draw_axis_value(Y_AXIS, ftostr4sign(LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(current_position[Y_AXIS])), blink); char mixer_messages[12];
const char *mix_label;
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
if (mixer.gradient.enabled) {
mixer.update_mix_from_gradient();
mix_label = "Gr";
}
else
#endif
{
mixer.update_mix_from_vtool();
mix_label = "Mx";
}
sprintf_P(mixer_messages, PSTR("%s %d;%d%% "), mix_label, int(mixer.mix[0]), int(mixer.mix[1]));
lcd_put_u8str(mixer_messages);
#else
_draw_axis_value(X_AXIS, ftostr4sign(LOGICAL_X_POSITION(current_position[X_AXIS])), blink);
lcd_put_wchar(' ');
_draw_axis_value(Y_AXIS, ftostr4sign(LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(current_position[Y_AXIS])), blink);
#endif
#endif // HOTENDS <= 2 && (HOTENDS <= 1 || !HAS_HEATED_BED) #endif // HOTENDS <= 2 && (HOTENDS <= 1 || !HAS_HEATED_BED)

View file

@ -51,6 +51,10 @@
#include "../../module/printcounter.h" #include "../../module/printcounter.h"
#endif #endif
#if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
#include "../../feature/mixing.h"
#endif
FORCE_INLINE void _draw_centered_temp(const int16_t temp, const uint8_t tx, const uint8_t ty) { FORCE_INLINE void _draw_centered_temp(const int16_t temp, const uint8_t tx, const uint8_t ty) {
const char *str = i16tostr3(temp); const char *str = i16tostr3(temp);
const uint8_t len = str[0] != ' ' ? 3 : str[1] != ' ' ? 2 : 1; const uint8_t len = str[0] != ' ' ? 3 : str[1] != ' ' ? 2 : 1;
@ -59,6 +63,9 @@ FORCE_INLINE void _draw_centered_temp(const int16_t temp, const uint8_t tx, cons
lcd_put_wchar(LCD_STR_DEGREE[0]); lcd_put_wchar(LCD_STR_DEGREE[0]);
} }
#define X_LABEL_POS 3
#define X_VALUE_POS 11
#define XYZ_SPACING 37
#define XYZ_BASELINE (30 + INFO_FONT_ASCENT) #define XYZ_BASELINE (30 + INFO_FONT_ASCENT)
#define EXTRAS_BASELINE (40 + INFO_FONT_ASCENT) #define EXTRAS_BASELINE (40 + INFO_FONT_ASCENT)
#define STATUS_BASELINE (LCD_PIXEL_HEIGHT - INFO_FONT_DESCENT) #define STATUS_BASELINE (LCD_PIXEL_HEIGHT - INFO_FONT_DESCENT)
@ -209,6 +216,10 @@ FORCE_INLINE void _draw_heater_status(const int8_t heater, const bool blink) {
// Homed and known, display constantly. // Homed and known, display constantly.
// //
FORCE_INLINE void _draw_axis_value(const AxisEnum axis, const char *value, const bool blink) { FORCE_INLINE void _draw_axis_value(const AxisEnum axis, const char *value, const bool blink) {
const uint8_t offs = (XYZ_SPACING) * axis;
lcd_moveto(X_LABEL_POS + offs, XYZ_BASELINE);
lcd_put_wchar('X' + axis);
lcd_moveto(X_VALUE_POS + offs, XYZ_BASELINE);
if (blink) if (blink)
lcd_put_u8str(value); lcd_put_u8str(value);
else { else {
@ -450,19 +461,35 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() {
u8g.setColorIndex(0); // white on black u8g.setColorIndex(0); // white on black
#endif #endif
lcd_moveto(0 * XYZ_SPACING + X_LABEL_POS, XYZ_BASELINE); #if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
lcd_put_wchar('X');
lcd_moveto(0 * XYZ_SPACING + X_VALUE_POS, XYZ_BASELINE);
_draw_axis_value(X_AXIS, xstring, blink);
lcd_moveto(1 * XYZ_SPACING + X_LABEL_POS, XYZ_BASELINE); // Two-component mix / gradient instead of XY
lcd_put_wchar('Y');
lcd_moveto(1 * XYZ_SPACING + X_VALUE_POS, XYZ_BASELINE); lcd_moveto(X_LABEL_POS, XYZ_BASELINE);
_draw_axis_value(Y_AXIS, ystring, blink);
char mixer_messages[12];
const char *mix_label;
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
if (mixer.gradient.enabled) {
mixer.update_mix_from_gradient();
mix_label = "Gr";
}
else
#endif
{
mixer.update_mix_from_vtool();
mix_label = "Mx";
}
sprintf_P(mixer_messages, PSTR("%s %d;%d%% "), mix_label, int(mixer.mix[0]), int(mixer.mix[1]));
lcd_put_u8str(mixer_messages);
#else
_draw_axis_value(X_AXIS, xstring, blink);
_draw_axis_value(Y_AXIS, ystring, blink);
#endif
lcd_moveto(2 * XYZ_SPACING + X_LABEL_POS, XYZ_BASELINE);
lcd_put_wchar('Z');
lcd_moveto(2 * XYZ_SPACING + X_VALUE_POS, XYZ_BASELINE);
_draw_axis_value(Z_AXIS, zstring, blink); _draw_axis_value(Z_AXIS, zstring, blink);
#if DISABLED(XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME) #if DISABLED(XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME)

View file

@ -1205,6 +1205,61 @@
#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_RECOVER _UxGT("Remove, click") #define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_RECOVER _UxGT("Remove, click")
#endif #endif
#ifndef MSG_MIX
#define MSG_MIX _UxGT("Mix")
#endif
#ifndef MSG_MIX_COMPONENT
#define MSG_MIX_COMPONENT _UxGT("Component")
#endif
#ifndef MSG_MIXER
#define MSG_MIXER _UxGT("Mixer")
#endif
#ifndef MSG_GRADIENT
#define MSG_GRADIENT _UxGT("Gradient")
#endif
#ifndef MSG_FULL_GRADIENT
#define MSG_FULL_GRADIENT _UxGT("Full gradient")
#endif
#ifndef MSG_TOGGLE_MIX
#define MSG_TOGGLE_MIX _UxGT("Toggle mix")
#endif
#ifndef MSG_CYCLE_MIX
#define MSG_CYCLE_MIX _UxGT("Cycle mix")
#endif
#ifndef MSG_GRADIENT_MIX
#define MSG_GRADIENT_MIX _UxGT("Gradient mix")
#endif
#ifndef MSG_REVERSE_GRADIENT
#define MSG_REVERSE_GRADIENT _UxGT("Reverse Gradient")
#endif
#ifndef MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL
#define MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL _UxGT("Active V-tool")
#endif
#ifndef MSG_START_VTOOL
#define MSG_START_VTOOL _UxGT("Start V-tool")
#endif
#ifndef MSG_END_VTOOL
#define MSG_END_VTOOL _UxGT(" End V-tool")
#endif
#ifndef MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS
#define MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS _UxGT("Alias V-tool")
#endif
#ifndef MSG_RESET_VTOOLS
#define MSG_RESET_VTOOLS _UxGT("Reset V-tools")
#endif
#ifndef MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL
#define MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL _UxGT("Commit V-tool Mix")
#endif
#ifndef MSG_VTOOLS_RESET
#define MSG_VTOOLS_RESET _UxGT("V-tools were reset")
#endif
#ifndef MSG_START_Z
#define MSG_START_Z _UxGT("Start Z")
#endif
#ifndef MSG_END_Z
#define MSG_END_Z _UxGT(" End Z")
#endif
// //
// Filament Change screens show up to 3 lines on a 4-line display // Filament Change screens show up to 3 lines on a 4-line display
// ...or up to 2 lines on a 3-line display // ...or up to 2 lines on a 3-line display

View file

@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ void MenuItemBase::init(PGM_P const el, void * const ev, const int32_t minv, con
liveEdit = le; liveEdit = le;
} }
#define DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(NAME) template class TMenuItem<MenuItemInfo_##NAME>; #define DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(NAME) template class TMenuItem<MenuItemInfo_##NAME>
DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(int3); // 123, -12 right-justified DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(int3); // 123, -12 right-justified
DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(int4); // 1234, -123 right-justified DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(int4); // 1234, -123 right-justified

View file

@ -100,6 +100,10 @@ void menu_change_filament();
void menu_info(); void menu_info();
void menu_led(); void menu_led();
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
void menu_mixer();
#endif
void menu_main() { void menu_main() {
START_MENU(); START_MENU();
MENU_BACK(MSG_WATCH); MENU_BACK(MSG_WATCH);
@ -153,6 +157,10 @@ void menu_main() {
MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MOTION, menu_motion); MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MOTION, menu_motion);
MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_TEMPERATURE, menu_temperature); MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_TEMPERATURE, menu_temperature);
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MIXER, menu_mixer);
#endif
#if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MMU2_MENU, menu_mmu2); MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MMU2_MENU, menu_mmu2);
#endif #endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
/**
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
*
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
*
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*
*/
//
// Mixer Menu
//
#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h"
#if HAS_LCD_MENU && ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
#include "menu.h"
#include "../../feature/mixing.h"
#include "../dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.h"
#include "../ultralcd.h"
#include "../lcdprint.h"
#define CHANNEL_MIX_EDITING !DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
void lcd_mixer_gradient_z_start_edit() {
ui.defer_status_screen(true);
ui.encoder_direction_normal();
ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLY(true);
if (ui.encoderPosition != 0) {
mixer.gradient.start_z += float((int)ui.encoderPosition) * 0.1;
ui.encoderPosition = 0;
NOLESS(mixer.gradient.start_z, 0);
NOMORE(mixer.gradient.start_z, Z_MAX_POS);
}
if (ui.should_draw()) {
char tmp[21];
sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR(MSG_START_Z ": %4d.%d mm"), int(mixer.gradient.start_z), int(mixer.gradient.start_z * 10) % 10);
SETCURSOR(2, (LCD_HEIGHT - 1) / 2);
LCDPRINT(tmp);
}
if (ui.lcd_clicked) {
if (mixer.gradient.start_z > mixer.gradient.end_z)
mixer.gradient.end_z = mixer.gradient.start_z;
mixer.refresh_gradient();
ui.goto_previous_screen();
}
}
void lcd_mixer_gradient_z_end_edit() {
ui.defer_status_screen(true);
ui.encoder_direction_normal();
ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLY(true);
if (ui.encoderPosition != 0) {
mixer.gradient.end_z += float((int)ui.encoderPosition) * 0.1;
ui.encoderPosition = 0;
NOLESS(mixer.gradient.end_z, 0);
NOMORE(mixer.gradient.end_z, Z_MAX_POS);
}
if (ui.should_draw()) {
char tmp[21];
sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR(MSG_END_Z ": %4d.%d mm"), int(mixer.gradient.end_z), int(mixer.gradient.end_z * 10) % 10);
SETCURSOR(2, (LCD_HEIGHT - 1) / 2);
LCDPRINT(tmp);
}
if (ui.lcd_clicked) {
if (mixer.gradient.end_z < mixer.gradient.start_z)
mixer.gradient.start_z = mixer.gradient.end_z;
mixer.refresh_gradient();
ui.goto_previous_screen();
}
}
void lcd_mixer_edit_gradient_menu() {
START_MENU();
MENU_BACK(MSG_MIXER);
MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int8, MSG_START_VTOOL, &mixer.gradient.start_vtool, 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - 1, mixer.refresh_gradient);
MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int8, MSG_END_VTOOL, &mixer.gradient.end_vtool, 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - 1, mixer.refresh_gradient);
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_VTOOL)
MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int8, MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS, &mixer.gradient.vtool_index, 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - 1, mixer.refresh_gradient);
#endif
char tmp[10];
MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_START_Z ":", lcd_mixer_gradient_z_start_edit);
MENU_ITEM_ADDON_START(9);
sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR("%4d.%d mm"), int(mixer.gradient.start_z), int(mixer.gradient.start_z * 10) % 10);
LCDPRINT(tmp);
MENU_ITEM_ADDON_END();
MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_END_Z ":", lcd_mixer_gradient_z_end_edit);
MENU_ITEM_ADDON_START(9);
sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR("%4d.%d mm"), int(mixer.gradient.end_z), int(mixer.gradient.end_z * 10) % 10);
LCDPRINT(tmp);
MENU_ITEM_ADDON_END();
END_MENU();
}
#endif // GRADIENT_MIX
static uint8_t v_index;
#if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
void _lcd_draw_mix(const uint8_t y) {
char tmp[21];
sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR(MSG_MIX ": %3d%% %3d%%"), int(mixer.mix[0]), int(mixer.mix[1]));
SETCURSOR(2, y);
LCDPRINT(tmp);
}
#endif
void _lcd_mixer_select_vtool() {
mixer.T(v_index);
#if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
_lcd_draw_mix(LCD_HEIGHT - 1);
#endif
}
#if CHANNEL_MIX_EDITING
void _lcd_mixer_cycle_mix() {
uint16_t bits = 0;
MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) if (mixer.collector[i]) SBI(bits, i);
bits = (bits + 1) & (_BV(MIXING_STEPPERS) - 1);
if (!bits) ++bits;
MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) mixer.collector[i] = TEST(bits, i) ? 10.0f : 0.0f;
ui.refresh();
}
void _lcd_mixer_commit_vtool() {
mixer.normalize();
ui.goto_previous_screen();
}
#endif
void lcd_mixer_mix_edit() {
#if CHANNEL_MIX_EDITING
#define EDIT_COLOR(N) MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(float52, MSG_MIX_COMPONENT " " STRINGIFY(N), &mixer.collector[N-1], 0, 10);
START_MENU();
MENU_BACK(MSG_MIXER);
EDIT_COLOR(1);
EDIT_COLOR(2);
#if MIXING_STEPPERS > 2
EDIT_COLOR(3);
#if MIXING_STEPPERS > 3
EDIT_COLOR(4);
#if MIXING_STEPPERS > 4
EDIT_COLOR(5);
#if MIXING_STEPPERS > 5
EDIT_COLOR(6);
#endif
#endif
#endif
#endif
MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_CYCLE_MIX, _lcd_mixer_cycle_mix);
MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL, _lcd_mixer_commit_vtool);
END_MENU();
#elif DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
if (ui.encoderPosition != 0) {
mixer.mix[0] += (int)ui.encoderPosition;
ui.encoderPosition = 0;
if (mixer.mix[0] < 0) mixer.mix[0] += 101;
if (mixer.mix[0] > 100) mixer.mix[0] -= 101;
mixer.mix[1] = 100 - mixer.mix[0];
}
_lcd_draw_mix((LCD_HEIGHT - 1) / 2);
if (ui.lcd_clicked) {
mixer.update_vtool_from_mix();
ui.goto_previous_screen();
}
#else
START_MENU();
MENU_BACK(MSG_MIXER);
END_MENU();
#endif
}
#if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
//
// Toggle Dual-Mix
//
inline void _lcd_mixer_toggle_mix() {
mixer.mix[0] = mixer.mix[0] == 100 ? 0 : 100;
mixer.mix[1] = 100 - mixer.mix[0];
mixer.update_vtool_from_mix();
ui.refresh(LCDVIEW_CALL_REDRAW_NEXT);
}
#endif
#if CHANNEL_MIX_EDITING
//
// Prepare and Edit Mix
//
inline void _lcd_goto_mix_edit() {
mixer.refresh_collector(10, v_index);
ui.goto_screen(lcd_mixer_mix_edit);
lcd_mixer_mix_edit();
}
#endif
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//
// Reverse Gradient
//
inline void _lcd_mixer_reverse_gradient() {
const uint8_t sv = mixer.gradient.start_vtool;
mixer.gradient.start_vtool = mixer.gradient.end_vtool;
mixer.gradient.end_vtool = sv;
mixer.refresh_gradient();
ui.refresh(LCDVIEW_CALL_REDRAW_NEXT);
}
#endif
//
// Reset All V-Tools
//
inline void _lcd_reset_vtools() {
LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_VTOOLS_RESET);
ui.return_to_status();
mixer.reset_vtools();
}
void menu_mixer_vtools_reset_confirm() {
START_MENU();
MENU_BACK(MSG_BACK);
MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_RESET_VTOOLS, _lcd_reset_vtools);
END_MENU();
}
void menu_mixer() {
START_MENU();
MENU_BACK(MSG_MAIN);
v_index = mixer.get_current_vtool();
MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(uint8, MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL, &v_index, 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - 1, _lcd_mixer_select_vtool
#if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
, true
#endif
);
MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MIX,
#if CHANNEL_MIX_EDITING
_lcd_goto_mix_edit
#elif DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
lcd_mixer_mix_edit
#endif
);
#if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
{
char tmp[10];
MENU_ITEM_ADDON_START(10);
mixer.update_mix_from_vtool();
sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR("%3d;%3d%%"), int(mixer.mix[0]), int(mixer.mix[1]));
LCDPRINT(tmp);
MENU_ITEM_ADDON_END();
MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_TOGGLE_MIX, _lcd_mixer_toggle_mix);
}
#endif
MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_RESET_VTOOLS, menu_mixer_vtools_reset_confirm);
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
{
char tmp[10];
MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_GRADIENT, lcd_mixer_edit_gradient_menu);
MENU_ITEM_ADDON_START(10);
sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR("T%i->T%i"), mixer.gradient.start_vtool, mixer.gradient.end_vtool);
LCDPRINT(tmp);
MENU_ITEM_ADDON_END();
MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_REVERSE_GRADIENT, _lcd_mixer_reverse_gradient);
}
#endif
END_MENU();
}
#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU && MIXING_EXTRUDER

View file

@ -53,9 +53,13 @@
#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
#define SETCURSOR(col, row) lcd_moveto(col * (MENU_FONT_WIDTH), (row + 1) * (MENU_FONT_HEIGHT)) #define SETCURSOR(col, row) lcd_moveto(col * (MENU_FONT_WIDTH), (row + 1) * (MENU_FONT_HEIGHT))
#define SETCURSOR_RJ(len, row) lcd_moveto(LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH - len * (MENU_FONT_WIDTH), (row + 1) * (MENU_FONT_HEIGHT)) #define SETCURSOR_RJ(len, row) lcd_moveto(LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH - len * (MENU_FONT_WIDTH), (row + 1) * (MENU_FONT_HEIGHT))
#define LCDPRINT(p) u8g.print(p)
#define LCDWRITE(c) u8g.print(c)
#else #else
#define SETCURSOR(col, row) lcd_moveto(col, row) #define SETCURSOR(col, row) lcd_moveto(col, row)
#define SETCURSOR_RJ(len, row) lcd_moveto(LCD_WIDTH - len, row) #define SETCURSOR_RJ(len, row) lcd_moveto(LCD_WIDTH - len, row)
#define LCDPRINT(p) lcd_put_u8str(p)
#define LCDWRITE(c) lcd_put_wchar(c)
#endif #endif
#define LCD_UPDATE_INTERVAL 100 #define LCD_UPDATE_INTERVAL 100

View file

@ -2584,6 +2584,10 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move,
COPY(position_float, target_float); COPY(position_float, target_float);
#endif #endif
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
mixer.gradient_control(target_float[Z_AXIS]);
#endif
// Movement was accepted // Movement was accepted
return true; return true;
} // _populate_block() } // _populate_block()

View file

@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ typedef struct block_t {
} block_t; } block_t;
#define HAS_POSITION_FLOAT (ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) || ENABLED(SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING)) #define HAS_POSITION_FLOAT (ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) || ENABLED(SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING) || ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX))
#define BLOCK_MOD(n) ((n)&(BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE-1)) #define BLOCK_MOD(n) ((n)&(BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE-1))

View file

@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ exec_test $1 $2 "MINIRAMBO for PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT etc"
# #
restore_configs restore_configs
opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_AZTEEG_X3_PRO opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_AZTEEG_X3_PRO
opt_enable MIXING_EXTRUDER CR10_STOCKDISPLAY opt_enable MIXING_EXTRUDER GRADIENT_MIX GRADIENT_VTOOL CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
opt_set MIXING_STEPPERS 5 opt_set MIXING_STEPPERS 5
opt_set LCD_LANGUAGE ru opt_set LCD_LANGUAGE ru
exec_test $1 $2 "Mixing Extruder with 5 steppers, Cyrillic" exec_test $1 $2 "Mixing Extruder with 5 steppers, Cyrillic"

View file

@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ exec_test $1 $2 "MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER with LCD"
# Mixing Extruder # Mixing Extruder
# #
restore_configs restore_configs
opt_enable MIXING_EXTRUDER DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 opt_enable MIXING_EXTRUDER DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 GRADIENT_MIX GRADIENT_VTOOL REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
opt_set MIXING_STEPPERS 2 opt_set MIXING_STEPPERS 2
exec_test $1 $2 "Mixing Extruder" exec_test $1 $2 "Mixing Extruder"